HP Hewlett Packard Photosmart 3300 User Manual

HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
User Guide  
© Copyright 2005 Hewlett-Packard  
Development Company, L.P.  
with, or arising out of the furnishing,  
performance, or use of this document  
and the program material which it  
describes.  
5.  
6.  
7.  
Do not install or use this product  
near water or when you are wet.  
Install the product securely on a  
stable surface.  
The information contained herein is  
subject to change without notice.  
Install the product in a protected  
location where no one can step  
on or trip over the power cord,  
and where the power cord will  
not be damaged.  
Reproduction, adaptation or  
Note Regulatory  
information can be found in  
translation without prior written  
permission is prohibited, except as  
allowed under copyright laws.  
8.  
9.  
If the product does not operate  
normally, see the onscreen  
Troubleshooting help.  
It is not lawful in many places to make  
copies of the following items. When in  
doubt, check with a legal  
No operator-serviceable parts  
inside. Refer servicing to  
Adobe and the Acrobat logo are either  
registered trademarks or trademarks  
of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the  
United States and/or other countries.  
representative first.  
qualified service personnel.  
10. Use in a well-ventilated area.  
Governmental paper or  
documents:  
Warning This equipment  
will be inoperable when  
main power fails.  
Windows®, Windows NT®, Windows  
ME®, Windows XP®, and Windows  
2000® are U.S. registered  
Passports  
Immigration papers  
Selective service papers  
Identification badges,  
cards, or insignias  
trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.  
Caution The ink cartridge  
might become pressurized.  
Inserting a foreign object  
into the ink cartridge could  
result in ink being expelled  
onto persons or property.  
Intel® and Pentium® are registered  
trademarks of Intel Corporation.  
Governmental stamps:  
Energy Star® and Energy Star logo®  
are US registered marks of the United  
States Environmental Protection  
Agency.  
Postage stamps  
Food stamps  
Checks or drafts drawn on  
Governmental agencies  
Paper currency, traveler’s  
checks, or money orders  
This product includes software  
developed by the OpenSSL Project.  
© Copyright 1998-2004 The  
OpenSSL Project. © Copyright  
1995-1998 Eric Young  
Certificates of deposit  
Copyrighted works  
([email protected]). All rights  
reserved. This product includes  
cryptographic software written by Eric  
Young ([email protected]. This  
product might include software written  
by Tim Hudson ([email protected]).  
Safety information  
Warning To prevent fire or  
shock hazard, do not expose  
this product to rain or any  
type of moisture.  
Portions of the software are ©  
Copyright 1998, 1999, 2000 Thai  
Open Source Software Center Ltd.  
and Clark Cooper. © Copyright 2001,  
2002, 2003 Expat maintainers.  
Always follow basic safety  
precautions when using this product  
to reduce risk of injury from fire or  
electric shock.  
Publication number: Q5861-90223  
Warning Potential shock  
hazard  
First edition: May 2005  
Notice  
1.  
2.  
Read and understand all  
instructions in the Setup Guide.  
The only warranties for HP products  
and services are set forth in the  
express warranty statements  
accompanying such products and  
services. Nothing herein should be  
construed as constituting an  
additional warranty. HP shall not be  
liable for technical or editorial errors  
or omissions contained herein.  
Use only a grounded electrical  
outlet when connecting the  
device to a power source. If you  
do not know whether the outlet  
is grounded, check with a  
qualified electrician.  
3.  
4.  
Observe all warnings and  
instructions marked on the  
product.  
The Hewlett-Packard Company shall  
not be liable for incidental or  
consequential damages in connection  
Unplug this product from wall  
outlets before cleaning.  
Contents  
User Guide  
1
2
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
Contents  
User Guide  
3
4
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
HP All-in-One overview  
1
You can access many HP All-in-One functions directly, without turning on your  
computer. You can quickly and easily accomplish tasks such as making a copy,  
sending a fax, or printing photos from a memory card or storage device from your  
HP All-in-One.  
This chapter describes the HP All-in-One hardware features, control panel functions,  
and how to access the HP Image Zone software.  
Tip You can do more with your HP All-in-One by using the HP Image Zone  
software installed on your computer. The software includes copy, fax, scan,  
and photo functionality, as well as troubleshooting tips and helpful information.  
For more information, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help and Use the  
The HP Image Zone software does not support Mac OS 9 and OS 10.0.0 -  
10.1.4.  
The HP All-in-One at a glance  
This section describes all the parts located on the HP All-in-One, with descriptions of  
each part.  
The HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series parts  
Label  
1
Description  
Lid backing: Provides a solid white back for scans, faxes, and copies. Remove  
to scan slides and negatives.  
2
Output tray extender  
User Guide  
5
   
Chapter 1  
(continued)  
Label  
Description  
3
4
5
Output tray  
Paper-width guide for the main tray  
Control panel: Use to access the HP All-in-One features. For information about  
the buttons on the control panel, see HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
6
Control panel lever: Press this lever to rotate the control panel up and down.  
Paper-length guide for the main tray  
7
8
Paper-width guide for the photo tray  
9
Paper-length guide for the photo tray  
10  
Input trays: The HP All-in-One has two trays for paper and other types of media.  
The main tray is located on the bottom of the input tray and the photo tray is  
located on the top.  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
Front USB port: Print photos directly from your camera or storage device.  
Memory card slots: Print photos directly from a memory card.  
Photo light: Indicates memory card or storage device access.  
Wireless radio light: Indicates that the 802.11 b and g wireless radio is turned on.  
Glass: Place a document on the glass to scan, copy, or fax.  
Slide and Negative Film light: This light makes it possible to scan transparent  
objects such as slides and negatives.  
17  
18  
Slide and Negative Film holder: Load 35 mm slides or negatives in this holder  
to scan them.  
Lid  
Label  
19  
Description  
Slide and Negative Film light power cord: This cord provides power to the light  
used to scan transparent objects such as slides and negatives.  
20  
6
Ethernet port and Ethernet indicator lights: Connect to a wired network.  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
(continued)  
Label  
Description  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
Rear USB port  
Fax ports (1-LINE and 2-EXT)  
Rear clean-out door latch  
Rear clean-out door  
Power connection  
Control panel overview  
This section describes the functions of the control panel buttons, lights, and keypad,  
as well as the color graphics display icons and screen saver.  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series control panel features  
Label  
1
Name and Description  
On: Turn the HP All-in-One on or off. When the HP All-in-One is off, a minimal  
amount of power is still supplied to the device.  
2
3
Film: Presents or removes the Film Menu for selecting options. Scan slides and  
negatives using the Slide and Negative holder and the Slide and Negative light in  
the lid of your HP All-in-One.  
Photo: Presents or removes the Photo Menu for selecting options. When the  
button is lit, the photo function is selected. Use this button to set photo print  
options, edit photos, and transfer photos to a computer.  
4
5
Video: Presents or removes the Video Menu for selecting options. Play videos,  
view video frames, and print frames from video.  
Proof Sheet: Print a proof sheet when a memory card or storage device has been  
inserted in the HP All-in-One. A proof sheet shows thumbnail views of all the  
photos on the memory card or storage device. You can select photos on the proof  
sheet, then print those photos by scanning the proof sheet.  
User Guide  
7
           
Chapter 1  
(continued)  
Label  
Name and Description  
6
7
8
9
Color graphics display: View menus, photos, messages, and videos.  
Keypad: Enter numbers, values, or text, and navigate through menus.  
Reverse, Play/Pause, Fast Forward: Play videos and navigate video frames.  
Zoom in, Zoom out: Enlarge or reduce the appearance of the photo on the color  
graphics display for cropping. This image is approximately what the printed image  
will look like.  
10  
11  
Rotate: Rotate the currently displayed photo on the color graphics display 90  
degrees. Subsequent presses continue to rotate the photo 90 degrees.  
Symbols and *: Enter symbols and asterisks for fax-related tasks.  
Select Photo: Select a range of photos or all photos.  
Space and #: Enter spaces and pound signs for fax-related tasks.  
12  
13  
14  
15  
Start Color: Start a color copy, scan, photo print, or fax job.  
Start Black: Start a black-and-white copy, scan, photo print, or fax job.  
Cancel: Stop a job, exit a menu, or exit settings.  
Up arrow: Navigate up through menu options, move the viewing area up in zoom  
mode, increase the video volume, or navigate the visual keyboard.  
Down arrow: Navigate down through menu options, move the viewing area down  
in zoom mode, decrease the video volume, or navigate the visual keyboard.  
Right arrow: Increase values, move the viewing area right in zoom mode,  
navigate the visual keyboard, or go forward when viewing photos on the color  
graphics display.  
Left arrow: Decrease values, move the viewing area left in zoom mode, navigate  
the visual keyboard, go back when viewing photos on the color graphics display, or  
exit menus.  
16  
17  
OK: Select a menu, image, setting, or value on the color graphics display.  
Attention light: Indicates a problem occurred. See the color graphics display for  
more information.  
18  
Scan: Presents or removes the Scan To menu or the Scan Menu (depending on  
whether the HP All-in-One is connected to a computer with a USB cable, or  
through a network) for selecting options. Select the scan function. When the button  
is lit, the scan function is selected.  
19  
20  
Fax: Presents or removes the Fax Menu for selecting options. Select the fax  
function. When the button is lit, the fax function is selected.  
HP Instant Share: Send or receive images directly from a network-connected  
HP All-in-One. If your HP All-in-One is USB-connected, you can send images  
using the HP Instant Share software on your computer.  
8
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
                         
(continued)  
Label  
Name and Description  
21  
22  
Copy: Presents or removes the Copy Menu for selecting options. Select the copy  
function. When the button is lit, the copy function is selected. The button is lit by  
default.  
Help: Display a list of specific help topics. The topic that you select opens a help  
window on your computer screen.  
23  
24  
Photo tray light: Indicates that paper from the photo tray is used.  
Photo tray: Select the photo tray for a specific photo print job or copy job from the  
control panel.  
25  
Setup: Access the menu system for device preferences, reports, and maintenance.  
Color graphics display icons  
The following icons appear at the bottom of the color graphics display to provide  
important information about your HP All-in-One.  
Icon  
Purpose  
Shows that the ink cartridge is nearly empty. The color of the icon  
corresponds to the color of the ink cartridge, and the fill level of the  
icon corresponds to the fill level of the ink cartridge.  
Shows that an unknown ink cartridge is inserted. This icon might  
appear if an ink cartridge contains non-HP ink.  
Shows that you can view the second set of icons on the color  
graphics display.  
Shows that a wired network connection exists.  
If the icon color is gray instead of blue, it shows that the device is  
network-capable but no wired network connection exists.  
Shows that the HP All-in-One has wireless networking capability, but  
no wireless network connection exists. This icon is gray when a  
wireless network signal is not available, and blue when a signal  
exists. This is for infrastructure mode. For more information, see  
User Guide  
9
             
Chapter 1  
(continued)  
Icon  
Purpose  
Shows that a wireless network connection exists. The signal strength  
is indicated by the number of curved lines. This is for infrastructure  
mode. For more information, see Connect to a network.  
Shows that an ad hoc, or computer-to-computer, wireless network  
connection exists. For more information, see Connect to a network.  
Shows that an HP Instant Share message has been received.  
If the HP Instant Share icon is not present, there is no new mail or  
HP Instant Share was not set up. For more information on setting up  
HP Instant Share, see Receive images from others.  
If the HP Instant Share icon color is gray instead of blue, the Auto  
Checking function is turned off. For more information on Auto  
Checking, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.  
Shows that a Bluetooth adapter is installed, and a connection exists.  
(A separate Bluetooth adapter is required.)  
For more information on setting up Bluetooth, see Connection  
Color graphics display sleep mode  
To prolong the life of the color graphics display, the display dims after two minutes of  
inactivity. After 60 minutes of inactivity, the color graphics display goes into Sleep  
mode and the screen shuts off completely. The display turns back on when you press  
a control panel button, lift the lid, insert a memory card, access the HP All-in-One from  
a connected computer, or connect a storage device or a camera to the front USB port.  
Menu overview  
The following sections provide a quick reference to top-level menus that appear on  
the HP All-in-One color graphics display.  
Photo Menu  
The following Photo Menu options are available when you press the Photo button on  
the control panel.  
1.Easy Print Wizard  
2.Print Options  
3.Special Features  
10  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
             
(continued)  
4.Edit  
5.Transfer to Computer  
6.HP Instant Share  
7.Slideshow  
8.Set as Wallpaper  
Video Menu  
The following Video Menu options are available when you press the Video button on  
the control panel.  
1.Easy Print Wizard  
2.Print Options  
3.Special Features  
Film Menu  
The following Film Menu options are available when you press the Film button on the  
control panel.  
1.Scan to Computer  
2.Scan to Memory Device  
3.View and Print  
4.Original Type  
5.Show How to Use  
Negatives  
6.Show How to Use Slides  
Proof Sheet Menu  
The following Proof Sheet Menu options are available when you press the Proof  
Sheet button on the control panel. A proof sheet enables you to view your photos  
from a memory card or a storage device in an index sheet format, and also to print  
selected photos easily from a memory card or a storage device.  
1.Print Proof Sheet  
2.Scan Proof Sheet  
User Guide  
11  
     
Chapter 1  
Copy Menu  
The following Copy Menu options are available when you press the Copy button on  
the control panel.  
1.Number of Copies  
2.Copy Preview  
3.Reduce/Enlarge  
4.Crop  
5.Tray Select  
6.Paper Size  
7.Paper Type  
8.Copy Quality  
9.Lighter/Darker  
0.Enhancements  
.Set New Defaults  
Scan To menu  
The following Scan To menu options are available when you press the Scan button  
on the control panel. This menu only appears when you press the Scan button if your  
HP All-in-One is connected to your computer with a USB cable. The options available  
on this menu vary depending on the software applications installed on your computer.  
Note If your HP All-in-One is connected to a network, the Scan Menu  
appears when you press the Scan button. For more information, see Scan Menu.  
1.HP Image Zone  
2.Microsoft PowerPoint  
3.HP Instant Share  
4.Memory Device  
12  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
   
Scan Menu  
The following Scan Menu options are available when you press the Scan button on  
the control panel. This menu only appears when you press the Scan button if your  
HP All-in-One is connected to a network. The Scan Menu enables you to select a  
connected computer before displaying other scan options.  
Note If your HP All-in-One is connected to a computer with a USB cable, the  
Scan To menu appears when you press the Scan button. For more  
information, see Scan To menu.  
1.Select Computer  
2.HP Instant Share  
3.Memory Device  
HP Instant Share Menu  
This menu applies only if the HP All-in-One is connected to a network. If your HP All-  
in-One connects to your computer with a USB cable, you can access HP Instant  
Share through your computer.  
1.Send  
2.Receive  
3.HP Instant Share Options  
4.Add New Destination  
Fax Menu  
The following Fax Menu options are available when you press the Fax button on the  
control panel twice.  
1.Resolution  
2.Lighter/Darker  
3.Send Fax Later  
4.Set New Defaults  
Setup Menu  
The following Setup Menu options are available when you press the Setup button on  
the control panel.  
1.Print Report  
2.Speed Dial Setup  
3.Basic Fax Setup  
4.Advanced Fax Setup  
User Guide  
13  
         
Chapter 1  
(continued)  
5.Tools  
6.Preferences  
7.Network  
8.HP Instant Share  
9.Bluetooth  
Note The Bluetooth option is not available on this menu unless you have an  
HP Bluetooth adapter inserted into the front USB port.  
Select Function Menu  
The following Select Function menu options are available when you press the Photo  
Tray button on the control panel.  
Note When you use the Photo Tray button from within the Photo Menu or  
the Copy Menu, these options do not appear. These options appear when you  
start from the idle screen only.  
1.Copy  
2.Photo  
Help Menu  
The following Help Menu options are available when you press the Help button on  
the control panel. Select specific help topics to view them on your computer screen.  
1.How do I  
2.Error Messages  
3.Ink Cartridges  
4.Load Originals and Load Paper  
5.General Troubleshooting  
6.Network Troubleshooting  
7.Use Fax Features  
8.Scan Slides and Negative Film  
9.Get Support  
0.Icon Glossary  
Text and symbols  
You can enter text and symbols from the control panel by using the visual keyboard. It  
appears automatically on the color graphics display when setting up a wired or  
wireless network, the fax header information, or speed dial entries. You can also use  
the keypad on the control panel to enter text and symbols.  
14  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
       
You can also enter symbols from the keypad when you dial a fax or phone number.  
When the HP All-in-One dials the number, it will interpret the symbol and respond  
accordingly. For example, if you enter a dash in the fax number, the HP All-in-One will  
pause before dialing the remainder of the number. A pause is useful if you need to  
access an outside line before dialing the fax number.  
Note If you want to enter a symbol in your fax number, such as a dash, you  
need to enter the symbol by using the keypad.  
Enter text using the visual keyboard  
You can enter text or symbols by using the visual keyboard that automatically appears  
on the color graphics display when you need to enter text. For example, the visual  
keyboard automatically appears when you are setting up a wired or wireless network,  
the fax header information, or speed dial entries.  
Tip You can also enter text and numbers using the visual keyboard by using  
the keypad on the control panel of your HP All-in-One. Press a button  
numerous times to access additional letters. For instance, press 2 three times  
to enter the letter C.  
To enter text using the visual keyboard  
1.  
To select a letter, number, or symbol in the visual keyboard, press  
to highlight the appropriate selection.  
,
,
, and  
To enter lowercase letters, uppercase letters, numbers, and symbols  
To enter lowercase letters, select the abc button on the visual keyboard, and  
then press OK.  
To enter uppercase letters, select the ABC button on the visual keyboard,  
and then press OK.  
To enter numbers and symbols, select the 123 button on the visual  
keyboard, and then press OK.  
To add a space  
To add a space, press on the visual keyboard, and then press OK.  
Note Make sure you use the on the visual keyboard to add a space.  
You will not be able to add a space by using the arrow buttons on the  
control panel.  
2. Once you have highlighted the appropriate letter, number, or symbol, press OK  
on the control panel to select it.  
The selection appears on the color graphics display.  
Tip To erase a letter, number, or symbol, select Clear on the visual  
keyboard, and then press OK.  
3. When you are finished entering text, numbers, or symbols, select Done on the  
visual keyboard, and then press OK.  
User Guide  
15  
 
Chapter 1  
Enter text using the keypad on the control panel  
You can enter text or symbols by using the keypad on the control panel. Your  
selections will appear in the visual keyboard on the color graphics display.  
To enter text using the keypad on the control panel  
1. Press the keypad number that corresponds to the letter you want to enter. For  
example, the letters a, b, and c correspond to the number 2, as shown on the  
button below.  
Tip Press the button multiple times to see the available characters.  
Depending on your language and country/region setting, additional  
characters might be available.  
2. After the correct letter appears, wait for the cursor to advance automatically to the  
right, or press  
.
3. Press the number that corresponds to the next letter. Press the button multiple  
times until the correct letter appears. The first letter of a word is automatically set  
to uppercase.  
To enter a space, pause, or symbol  
To insert a space, press Space (#).  
To enter a pause, press Symbols (*). A dash appears in the number  
sequence.  
To enter a symbol, such as @, press the Symbols (*) button repeatedly to  
scroll through the list of available symbols: asterisk (*), dash (-), ampersand  
(&), period (.), slash (/), parentheses ( ), apostrophe ('), equals (=), number  
sign (#), at (@), underscore (_), plus (+), exclamation (!), semi colon (;),  
question (?), comma (,), colon (:), percent (%), and approximation (~).  
4. If you make a mistake, press an arrow button to select Clear on the visual  
keyboard, and then press OK.  
5. When you are finished entering text, numbers, or symbols, press  
,
,
, or  
to select Done on the visual keyboard, and then press OK.  
16  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
Use the HP Image Zone software  
You can use the HP Image Zone software to access many features not available from  
the control panel.  
The HP Image Zone software is installed on your computer when you set up your  
HP All-in-One. For further information, see the Setup Guide that came with your device.  
Note If you selected the minimum installation of the HP Image Zone  
software, the HP Image Zone Express software is installed rather than the full  
application. HP Image Zone Express is recommended for computers with  
limited memory resources. HP Image Zone Express includes a basic set of  
photo editing features instead of the standard set that is included on the full  
installation of HP Image Zone.  
The HP Image Zone Express software does not allow you to register your  
network-connected HP All-in-One using HP Instant Share. You can still access  
HP Instant Share from HP Image Zone Express on your computer, but you  
will not be able to use the HP Instant Share features from the control panel  
unless you install the full version of HP Image Zone.  
Any mention of the HP Image Zone software in this guide and in the onscreen  
HP Image Zone Help refers to both versions of HP Image Zone unless  
otherwise noted.  
You can quickly and easily expand the functionality of your HP All-in-One by using the  
HP Image Zone software. Look for boxes like this throughout the guide that provide  
topic-specific tips and helpful information for your projects.  
Access to the HP Image Zone software differs by operating system (OS). For  
example, if you have a Windows computer, the HP Image Zone software entry point  
is the HP Solution Center. If you have a Mac, the HP Image Zone software entry  
point is the HP Image Zone window. Regardless, the entry point serves as the  
launching pad for the HP Image Zone software and services.  
To open the HP Image Zone software on a Windows computer  
1. Do one of the following:  
On the Windows desktop, double-click the HP Solution Center icon.  
In the system tray at the far right of the Windows taskbar, double-click the  
HP Digital Imaging Monitor icon.  
On the taskbar, click Start, point to Programs or All Programs, select HP,  
and then click HP Solution Center.  
2. If you have more than one HP device installed, select the HP All-in-One tab.  
Note On a Windows computer, the features available in the HP Solution  
Center vary depending on the devices you have installed. The HP Solution  
Center is customized to display icons associated with the selected device. If  
the selected device is not equipped with a particular feature, then the icon for  
that feature does not display in the HP Solution Center.  
Tip If the HP Solution Center on your computer does not contain any icons,  
an error might have occurred during the software installation. To correct this,  
use the Control Panel in Windows to completely uninstall the HP Image Zone  
User Guide  
17  
 
Chapter 1  
software; then reinstall the software. For more information, see the Setup  
Guide that came with your HP All-in-One.  
To open the HP Image Zone software on a Mac  
Click the HP Image Zone icon in the Dock, and then choose a device.  
The HP Image Zone window appears.  
Note On a Mac, the features available in the HP Image Zone software  
vary depending on the chosen device.  
Tip Once the HP Image Zone software is opened, you can access the  
Dock menu shortcuts by selecting and holding the mouse button over the  
HP Image Zone icon in the Dock.  
18  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
Find more information  
2
You can access a variety of resources, both printed and onscreen, that provide  
information about setting up and using your HP All-in-One.  
Sources of information  
Setup Guide  
The Setup Guide provides instructions for setting up your HP All-in-  
One and installing software. Make sure you follow the steps in the  
Setup Guide in order.  
Note To take full advantage of all the features on the HP All-in-  
One, you might need to perform additional setup or set additional  
preferences, described in the User Guide you are reading. For  
more information, see Finish setting up your HP All-in-One and  
If you have problems during setup, see Troubleshooting in the last  
section of the Setup Guide, or see Troubleshooting information in  
this User Guide.  
User Guide  
This User Guide contains information on how to use your HP All-in-  
One, including troubleshooting tips and step-by-step instructions. It  
also provides additional setup instructions to supplement those in  
the Setup Guide.  
HP Image Zone Tour (Windows)  
The HP Image Zone Tour is a fun, interactive way to get a brief  
overview of the software included with your HP All-in-One. You'll  
learn how the HP Image Zone software can help you edit, organize,  
and print your photos.  
User Guide  
19  
     
Chapter 2  
(continued)  
HP Image Zone Help  
The HP Image Zone Help provides detailed instructions on features  
of your HP All-in-One that are not described in this User Guide,  
including features that are only available using the HP Image Zone  
software.  
Windows  
The Get step-by-step instructions topic provides information  
on using the HP Image Zone software with HP devices.  
The Explore what you can do topic provides more information  
about the practical and creative things you can do with the  
HP Image Zone software and your HP devices.  
If you need further assistance or want to check for HP software  
updates, see the Troubleshooting and support topic.  
Mac  
The How Do I? topic provides more information about the  
practical and creative things you can do with the HP Image  
Zone software and your HP devices.  
The Get Started topic area provides information about  
importing, modifying, and sharing your images.  
The Use Help topic provides more information about finding  
information in the onscreen Help.  
For more information, see Use the onscreen Help.  
Onscreen help from your device  
Onscreen help is available from your device and contains additional  
information on select topics.  
To access onscreen help from the control panel  
1. Press the Help button, indicated on the control panel by a  
question mark (?).  
2. Use the arrows to select the appropriate help topic, and then  
press OK. The help topic opens on your computer screen.  
Readme  
The Readme file contains the most recent information which might  
not be found in other publications.  
Install the software to access the Readme file.  
If you have Internet access, you can get help and support from the  
HP website. This website offers technical support, drivers, supplies,  
and ordering information.  
20  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
Use the onscreen Help  
This User Guide provides just a sampling of the features available to help you get  
started using your HP All-in-One. Explore the onscreen HP Image Zone Help that  
came with your HP All-in-One software for information on all the features that your  
HP All-in-One supports.  
Note The onscreen Help also provides troubleshooting topics to assist you in  
resolving any issues you might encounter with your HP All-in-One.  
The way you access and use the onscreen Help varies slightly depending on whether  
you are viewing the Help on a Windows computer or a Mac. Guidelines for using both  
Help systems are included in the following sections.  
Use the Help on a Windows computer  
This section explains how to access the onscreen Help on a Windows computer. It  
tells you how to use the navigation, search, and index features in the Help system to  
find the specific information you need.  
To access the HP Image Zone Help on a Windows computer  
1. In the HP Solution Center, click the tab for your HP All-in-One.  
For information on accessing the HP Solution Center, see Use the HP Image  
2. In the Device Support area, click Onscreen Guide or Troubleshooting.  
If you click Onscreen Guide, a pop-up menu appears. You can choose to  
open the welcome page for the entire Help system or to go specifically to the  
Help for your HP All-in-One.  
If you click Troubleshooting, the Troubleshooting and support page  
opens.  
The following diagram highlights features for finding your way around the Help.  
User Guide  
21  
   
Chapter 2  
1
2
3
Contents, Index, and Search tabs  
Display area  
Help toolbar  
Contents, Index, and Search tabs  
The Contents, Index, and Search tabs enable you to find any topic in the HP Image  
Zone Help.  
Contents  
The Contents tab provides a top-down view of the topics in the Help, similar to  
the table of contents in a book. This is a useful way to find all the information  
provided about a single feature, such as printing photos.  
For information on tasks and features available from the control panel of your  
HP All-in-One, open the 3100, 3200, 3300 series Help near the bottom of  
the list.  
For troubleshooting information about your HP All-in-One, open the  
Troubleshooting and support book, and then open the 3100, 3200, 3300  
series Troubleshooting book.  
The other books listed on the Contents tab provide information on using the  
HP Image Zone software to complete tasks on your HP All-in-One.  
Sections that contain subtopics are indicated in  
the list by a book icon. To view a list of the  
subtopics within a book, click the + sign next to  
the book icon. (The + sign changes to a - sign  
when the section is already expanded.) To view  
the information in a topic, click the book name or  
topic name on the Contents tab. The selected  
topic appears in the display area on the right.  
Index  
The Index tab provides an alphabetical list of index entries relevant to the topics  
in the HP Image Zone Help.  
22  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
You can use the scroll bar on the right side of  
the list to view the different entries, or you can  
begin typing keywords in the text box above the  
list. As you type, the list of index entries  
automatically advances to the entries that begin  
with the letters you type.  
When you see an index entry that seems to be related to the information you are  
trying to find, double-click the index entry.  
If there is only one topic in the Help associated with that index entry, that  
topic appears in the display area on the right.  
If there are many applicable topics, the Topics Found dialog box appears.  
Double-click any topic listed in the dialog box to view it in the display area.  
Search  
The Search tab enables you to search the entire Help system for specific words,  
such as "borderless print".  
Tip If any of the words you are entering are fairly common (such as  
"print", in the "borderless print" example), you might want to place  
quotation marks around the combination of words for which you are  
searching. This limits your search so that the results are more relevant to  
the information you need. Instead of returning all topics that contain either  
the word "borderless" or the word "print", the search will only return topics  
that contain the phrase "borderless print".  
After entering your search criteria, click List  
Topics to view all the Help topics that contain  
the words or phrases you entered. The results  
are listed in a three-column table. Each row  
contains the topic Title, the Location in the Help  
where the topic is contained, and the Rank,  
assigned based on its relevance to your search  
criteria.  
By default, the results are sorted by Rank, so that the topic containing the most  
instances of your search criteria is at the top of the list. You can also sort the  
results by the topic's Title or Location, by clicking the table heading for that  
column. To view the contents of a topic, double-click that row in the results table.  
The selected topic appears in the display area on the right.  
Display area  
The display area on the right side of the Help window displays the Help topic you  
select from one of the tabs on the left. Help topics include descriptive text, step-by-  
step instructions, and illustrations, if applicable.  
Topics often include links to other topics in the Help system where you can find  
additional information. Sometimes a link automatically opens the new topic in the  
display area. At other times, there might be more than one applicable topic. When  
User Guide  
23  
Chapter 2  
this is the case, the Topics Found dialog box appears. Double-click any topic  
listed in the dialog box to view it in the display area.  
Some topics include detailed instructions or additional information that is not  
immediately visible on the page. Look for the words Show All or Hide All at the  
top right side of the page. If these words are visible, it means there is additional  
information hidden on the page. The hidden information is indicated by dark blue  
text with an arrow. You can view the hidden information by clicking the dark blue  
text.  
Some topics include animated videos that show you how to use a particular  
feature. These animations are identified by a video camera icon, followed by the  
words "Show me how". When you click the "Show me how" link text, the  
animation runs in a new window.  
Help toolbar  
The Help toolbar, shown below, contains buttons that enable you to move around the  
topics in the Help. You can move backwards and forwards through topics that you  
have already viewed, or you can click the Home button to return to the HP Image  
Zone help contents page.  
1
2
3
4
5
6
Show/Hide  
Back  
Forward  
Home  
Print  
Options  
The Help toolbar also contains buttons for changing the way the onscreen Help  
appears on your computer screen. For example, if you need more room to view the  
help topics in the display area on the right, you can hide the Contents, Index, and  
Search tabs by clicking the Hide button.  
Finally, the Print button enables you to print the page that is currently displayed on  
the computer screen. If the Contents tab is visible on the left when you click Print,  
the Print Topics dialog box appears. You can choose to print just the topic you are  
currently viewing in the display area, or you can print the current topic plus any  
subtopics associated with it. This feature is not available if the Index or Search tab is  
visible on the right side of the Help window.  
Use the Help on a Mac  
This section explains how to access the onscreen Help on a Mac. It tells you how to  
navigate and search the Help system to find the specific information you need.  
24  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
To access the HP Image Zone Help on a Mac  
On the Help menu in the HP Image Zone, choose HP Image Zone Help.  
For information on accessing the HP Image Zone software, see Use the  
The HP Image Zone Help appears. The following diagram highlights features for  
finding you way around the Help.  
1
2
3
Navigation panes  
Display area  
Help toolbar  
Navigation panes  
The HP Image Zone Help opens in the Help Viewer. It is divided into three panes.  
The left and center panes enable you to move around the topics in the Help. (The  
right pane contains the display area, described in the next section.)  
The left pane contains a list of all the sections in the Help.  
For information on tasks and features that are available from the control  
panel of your HP All-in-One, click the 3100, 3200, 3300 series Help.  
For information on troubleshooting issues with your HP All-in-One, click the  
3100, 3200, 3300 series Troubleshooting.  
The other sections listed provide information on using the HP Image Zone  
software to complete tasks on your HP All-in-One.  
The center pane provides a top-down view of the topics in the section selected in  
the left pane, similar to the table of contents in a book. This is a useful way to find  
all the information provided about a single feature, such as printing photos.  
Display area  
The display area in the right pane displays the Help topic you select in the center  
pane. Help topics include descriptive text, step-by-step instructions, and illustrations, if  
applicable.  
Many topics in the HP Image Zone Help include information about how to use a  
feature from the control panel on the HP All-in-One as well as from the HP Image  
User Guide  
25  
Chapter 2  
Zone software on the Mac. Use the scroll bars to the right of the display area to  
view all the content in a particular topic. Sometimes important information is not  
visible in the window without scrolling.  
Topics often include links or references to other topics in the Help system where  
you can find additional information.  
If the related topic appears in the same section of the Help, the topic  
automatically opens in the display area.  
If the related topic appears in a different section of the Help, the current topic  
provides a reference telling you which section to choose from the left  
navigation pane. You can either locate the related topic by using the center  
navigation pane, or you can search for the topic, as described in the next  
section.  
Some topics include animated videos that show you how to use a particular  
feature. These animations are identified by a video camera icon, followed by the  
words "Show me how". When you click the video camera icon, the animation runs  
in a new window.  
Help toolbar  
The Help toolbar, shown below, contains buttons that enable you to move around the  
topics in the Help. You can move backwards through topics that you have already  
viewed, or you can click the Help Center button to access Help for other software  
applications on your Mac.  
1
2
3
Back  
Help Center  
Search area  
The Help toolbar also contains a text box that enables you to search the entire Help  
system for specific words, such as "borderless print".  
After entering your search criteria, press RETURN on your keyboard to view a list of all  
the topics that contain the words or phrases you entered. The results are listed in a  
three-column table. Each row contains the title of the Topic, the Relevance (assigned  
based on its relevance to your search criteria), and the Location in the Help where  
the topic is contained.  
By default, the results are sorted by Relevance, so that the topic that best matches  
your search criteria is at the top of the list. You can also sort the results by the Topic  
or Location by clicking the table heading for that column. To view the contents of a  
topic, double-click that row in the results table. The selected topic appears.  
26  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
Finish setting up your HP All-in-  
One  
3
After you have completed the steps in your Setup Guide, refer to this chapter to help  
you finish setting up your HP All-in-One. This section contains important setup-related  
information for your device, including information on setting preferences.  
Change device preferences such as the language and country/region, the date,  
and the volume of rings and button presses. For more information, see Set your  
Explore the connection options for your HP All-in-One, including USB, wired,  
wireless networking, Bluetooth, and printer sharing. For more information, see  
Finish setting up your wired or wireless network. For more information, see  
Complete the fax setup, including setting the answer mode, number of rings to  
answer, and answer ring pattern. For more information, see Fax setup.  
In addition to the setup instructions in this User Guide, you can also set up HP Instant  
Share on your network-connected HP All-in-One, so you can easily share images with  
friends and relatives. If you installed the HP Image Zone software, press the  
HP Instant Share button on the control panel of your network-connected HP All-in-  
One to launch the setup wizard on a connected computer. For more information on  
setting up HP Instant Share, see the 3100, 3200, 3300 series Help section in the  
onscreen HP Image Zone Help.  
Set your preferences  
Before you begin using your HP All-in-One, set the preferences described in this  
section.  
This User Guide provides just a sampling of the preferences available to help you get  
started using your HP All-in-One. Explore the onscreen HP Image Zone Help that  
came with your HP All-in-One software for information on all the preferences available  
for controlling the behavior of your HP All-in-One. For example, the onscreen  
HP Image Zone Help provides information on changing the default input tray for  
PictBridge printing, showing or hiding hints on the color graphics display, and other  
preferences. For more information on the HP Image Zone Help, see Use the  
Set your language and country/region  
The language and country/region setting determines which language the HP All-in-  
One uses to display messages on the color graphics display. Usually, you set the  
language and country/region when you first set up the HP All-in-One. However, you  
can change the setting at any time by using the following procedure.  
1. Press Setup.  
2. Press 6, and then press 1.  
User Guide  
27  
       
Chapter 3  
This displays the Preferences menu, and then selects Set Language & Country/  
Region.  
A list of languages appears. Press  
or  
to scroll through the list of languages.  
3. When your language is highlighted, press OK.  
4. When prompted, press 1 for Yes or 2 for No.  
The countries/regions for the selected language appear. Press  
through the list.  
or  
to scroll  
5. When the country/region you want to select is highlighted, press OK.  
6. When prompted, press 1 for Yes or 2 for No.  
Set the date and time  
The date and time are set with the local time at the factory. Normally, the computer  
software automatically updates the date and time to your time zone when you connect  
to the computer during installation. The date and time format is based on the  
language and country/region setting.  
If the time changes on your computer, such as for Daylight Savings Time, the time on  
the HP All-in-One is updated to match the new time on the computer when the HP All-  
in-One and the computer next communicate with each other. If you did not connect  
your HP All-in-One to a computer, or if the time is not updated for some reason, you  
can update the date and time from the control panel.  
When you send a fax, the current date and time are transmitted, along with your name  
and fax number, as part of the fax header.  
Note In some countries/regions, the date and time stamp on the fax header is  
a legal requirement.  
To set the date and time from the control panel  
1. Press Setup.  
2. Press 5, and then press 4.  
This displays the Tools menu and then selects Date and Time.  
3. Enter the month, day, and year by pressing the appropriate numbers on the  
keypad. Depending on your country/region setting, you might enter the date in a  
different order.  
4. Enter the hours and minutes.  
5. If prompted, press 1 for AM, or 2 for PM.  
The new date and time settings appear on the color graphics display.  
Adjust the volume  
Your HP All-in-One provides three levels for adjusting the ring and speaker volume.  
The ring volume is the volume of the phone rings. The speaker volume is the level of  
everything else, such as the dial tones, fax tones, and button press beeps. The default  
setting is Soft.  
1. Press Setup.  
2. Press 3, and then press 6.  
This displays the Basic Fax Setup menu and then selects Ring and Beep Volume.  
3. Press  
to select one of the options: Soft, Loud, or Off.  
28  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
     
Note If you select Off, you will not hear a dial tone, fax tones, or  
incoming ring tones. With the Ring and Beep Volume set to Off, you  
cannot send a fax using monitor dialing, such as when using a calling card  
to send a fax. For more information on monitor dialing, see Send a fax  
4. Press OK.  
Connection information  
Your HP All-in-One comes equipped with a USB port so you can connect directly to a  
computer using a USB cable. You can also connect your HP All-in-One to either a  
wired or wireless network. If you insert an HP bt300 or HP bt400 series Bluetooth®  
Wireless Printer Adapter into the front USB port, Bluetooth® devices such as PDAs  
and camera phones can print to your HP All-in-One.  
Note In the remainder of this chapter, the HP bt300 or HP bt400 series  
Bluetooth® Wireless Printer Adapter is referred to simply as an HP Bluetooth®  
adapter.  
Supported connection types  
Description  
Recommended  
number of  
Supported software Setup instructions  
features  
connected  
computers for best  
performance  
USB connection  
One computer  
All features are  
supported.  
Follow the Setup  
Guide for detailed  
instructions.  
connected with a  
USB cable to the  
USB port on the back  
of the HP All-in-One.  
Ethernet (wired)  
connection  
Up to five computers  
connected to an  
HP All-in-One using a  
hub or router.  
All features are  
supported.  
Follow the Setup  
Guide and Connect  
to a network in this  
User Guide for  
detailed instructions.  
802.11b or g  
(wireless) connection connected using an  
access point.  
Up to five computers  
All features are  
supported  
Follow the Setup  
Guide and Connect  
to a network in this  
User Guide for  
(infrastructure mode)  
detailed instructions.  
User Guide  
29  
     
Chapter 3  
(continued)  
Description  
Recommended  
number of  
Supported software Setup instructions  
features  
connected  
computers for best  
performance  
One Bluetooth®  
device or computer.  
HP bt300 or HP  
bt400 series  
Bluetooth® Wireless  
Printer Adapter (HP  
Bluetooth® adapter)  
Printing from a  
For information on  
printing from a device  
such as a PDA or  
camera, see the  
onscreen HP Image  
Zone Help.  
Bluetooth® device  
such as a PDA or  
camera phone, or a  
Bluetooth®-enabled  
computer.  
For information on  
printing from a  
Bluetooth®-enabled  
computer, see  
Printer sharing  
Up to five computers. All features resident  
For setup  
on the host computer instructions, see Use  
The host computer  
must be turned on at  
all times, or the other  
computers will not be  
able to print to the  
HP All-in-One.  
are supported. Only  
print is supported  
from the other  
computers.  
Connect using a USB cable  
To connect your HP All-in-One using a USB cable, follow the instructions in the  
printed Setup Guide.  
If your computer cannot communicate with the HP All-in-One, make sure your HP All-  
in-One and the computer have the same version of USB. Your HP All-in-One is set to  
use USB 2.0. Therefore, if your computer has USB 1.1, you should either update your  
operating system, or you should change the speed of the rear USB port on the HP All-  
in-One to Full Speed (USB 1.1).  
Note If you have a Mac, you should use one of the built-in USB ports to  
connect with the HP All-in-One. If you connect the HP All-in-One to a USB  
card installed on a Mac, the HP software might not recognize the HP All-in-One.  
To check the USB port speed on your computer (Windows XP)  
Note Windows versions prior to XP support USB 1.1 only.  
1. On the Windows taskbar, click Start, and then click Control Panel.  
2. Open System.  
3. Click the Hardware tab, and then click Device Manager.  
4. Check the list for an enhanced USB host controller.  
30  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
   
If you have an enhanced USB host controller, then you have High Speed USB  
(USB 2.0). Otherwise, you have Full Speed USB (USB 1.1).  
To check the USB port speed on your computer (Mac OS X)  
1. Open the System Profiler from the Applications:Utilities folder.  
2. Click USB on the left.  
If the Speed is Up to 12 Mb/sec, then you have Full Speed USB (1.1). A higher  
speed indicates High Speed USB (USB 2.0).  
To change the rear port speed to Full Speed (HP All-in-One)  
1. Press Setup.  
The Setup menu appears on the color graphics display.  
2. Press  
until Tools is highlighted, then press OK.  
The Tools menu appears.  
3. Press 5, then press 2.  
This displays the USB Speed menu and then selects Full Speed (USB 1.1).  
Connect using Ethernet  
Your HP All-in-One supports both 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps Ethernet network  
connections. For detailed instructions on connecting your HP All-in-One to an  
Ethernet (wired) network, see the Setup Guide that came with your device. You can  
also see Connect to a network for more information.  
Connect using wireless  
The HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series uses an internal networking component  
that supports a wireless network. For detailed instructions on connecting your HP All-  
in-One to a wireless (802.11b or g) network, see the Setup Guide that came with your  
device. You can also see Connect to a network for more information.  
Connect using Bluetooth®  
A Bluetooth® connection provides a quick and easy way to print images from a  
Bluetooth®-enabled computer without using a cable. However, with a Bluetooth®  
connection you will not be able to use other features from your computer such as scan  
or HP Instant Share.  
Before you print, you must connect an HP Bluetooth® adapter to your HP All-in-One.  
For more information, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help that came with your  
HP All-in-One. For information on using the onscreen HP Image Zone Help, see Use  
If you connect with a Windows computer, see the next section. If you connect with a  
Mac, see Mac users.  
Windows users  
You must have Windows XP and either the Microsoft Bluetooth® Protocol Stack or the  
Widcomm Bluetooth® Protocol Stack installed in order to connect your HP All-in-One.  
User Guide  
31  
       
Chapter 3  
It is possible to have both the Microsoft Stack and the Widcomm Stack on your  
computer, but you use only one of them to connect your HP All-in-One.  
Microsoft stack If you have Windows XP with Service Pack 2 installed on your  
computer, then your computer has the Microsoft Bluetooth® Protocol Stack. The  
Microsoft stack allows you to install an external Bluetooth® adapter automatically.  
If your Bluetooth® adapter supports the Microsoft stack but it does not install  
automatically, then you do not have the Microsoft stack on your computer. Check  
the documentation that came with the Bluetooth® adapter to see if it supports the  
Microsoft stack.  
Widcomm stack: If you have an HP computer with Bluetooth® built in, or if you  
have installed an HP Bluetooth® adapter, then your computer has the Widcomm  
stack. If you have an HP computer and plug in an HP Bluetooth® adapter, it will  
install automatically using the Widcomm stack.  
To install and print using the Microsoft stack (Windows)  
1. Make sure that you have installed the HP All-in-One software on the computer.  
Note The purpose of installing the software is to make sure the print  
driver is available for the Bluetooth® connection. Therefore, if you have  
already installed the software, you do not need to reinstall it. If you want  
both a USB and a Bluetooth® connection to your HP All-in-One, install the  
USB connection first. For more information, see the printed Setup Guide.  
However, if you do not want a USB connection, select Directly to the  
computer on the Connection Type screen. Also, on the Connect Your  
Device Now screen, select the check box next to If you are unable to  
connect your device now... at the bottom of the screen.  
Attach an HP Bluetooth® adapter to the front USB port of the HP All-in-One.  
If you are using an external Bluetooth® adapter for your computer, make sure  
your computer is started and then attach the Bluetooth® adapter to a USB port on  
the computer. If you have Windows XP with Service Pack 2 installed, the  
Bluetooth® drivers are installed automatically. If you are prompted to select a  
Bluetooth® profile, select HCRP.  
2.  
3.  
If your computer has Bluetooth® built in, just make sure the computer is started.  
4. On the Windows taskbar, click Start, and then click Printers and Faxes.  
5. Double-click the Add Printer icon.  
6. Click Next, and then select a A Bluetooth Printer.  
7. Follow the onscreen instructions to finish the installation.  
8. Print as you would to any printer.  
To install and print using the Widcomm stack (Windows)  
1. Make sure that you have installed the HP All-in-One software on the computer.  
Note The purpose of installing the software is to make sure the print  
driver is available for the Bluetooth® connection. Therefore, if you have  
already installed the software, you do not need to reinstall it. If you want  
both a USB and a Bluetooth® connection to your HP All-in-One, install the  
USB connection first. For more information, see the printed Setup Guide.  
However, if you do not want a USB connection, select Directly to the  
32  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
computer on the Connection Type screen. Also, on the Connect Your  
Device Now screen, select the check box next to If you are unable to  
connect your device now... at the bottom of the screen.  
Attach an HP Bluetooth® adapter to the front USB port of the HP All-in-One.  
2.  
3. Click the My Bluetooth Places icon on the desktop or in the taskbar.  
4. Click View devices in range.  
5. Once the available printers are discovered, double-click the name of the HP All-in-  
One to finish the installation.  
6. Print as you would to any printer.  
Mac users  
You can connect your HP All-in-One to a Mac that has Bluetooth® built in, or you can  
install an external Bluetooth® adapter, such as an HP Bluetooth® adapter.  
To install and print using Bluetooth® (Mac)  
1. Make sure that you have installed the HP All-in-One software on the computer.  
2. Attach an HP Bluetooth® adapter to the front USB port of the HP All-in-One.  
3. Press the On button on the control panel to turn the HP All-in-One off, and press  
it again to turn the device on.  
Attach a Bluetooth® adapter to the computer and turn it on. Or, if your computer  
has Bluetooth® built in, just turn on your computer.  
4.  
5. Open the Printer Setup Utility from the Applications:Utilities folder.  
Note This utility is called the Printer Setup Utility on 10.3 and later. It is  
called Print Center on 10.2.x.  
6. From the pop-up menu, choose Bluetooth, then click Add.  
The computer searches for the HP All-in-One.  
7. In the printer list, select the HP All-in-One, then click Add.  
The HP All-in-One is added to the printer list.  
8. Print as you would to any printer.  
Use printer sharing (Windows)  
If your computer is on a network, and another computer on the network is connected  
to the HP All-in-One by using a USB cable, you can use that device as your printer  
using Windows printer sharing. The computer connected directly to the HP All-in-One  
acts as the host for the printer and has full feature functionality. Other computers on  
the network, which are referred to as clients, have access only to the print features. All  
other functions must be performed on the host computer.  
For more information on enabling Windows printer sharing, refer to the user guide that  
came with your computer or the Windows onscreen Help.  
Use printer sharing (Mac)  
If your computer is on a network and another computer on the network is connected to  
the HP All-in-One using a USB cable, you can use that device as your printer using  
printer sharing. Other computers on the network, which are referred to as clients, have  
User Guide  
33  
         
Chapter 3  
access only to the print features. All other functions must be performed on the host  
computer.  
To enable printer sharing  
1. On the client and host computers, do the following:  
a. Select System Preferences in the Dock.  
The System Preferences window appears.  
b. Select Sharing.  
c. From the Services tab, click Printer Sharing.  
2. On the host computer, do the following:  
a. Select System Preferences in the Dock.  
The System Preferences window appears.  
b. Select Print & Fax.  
c. Click the check box next to Share my printers with other computers.  
Use Webscan  
Webscan is a feature of the Embedded Web Server that lets you scan photos and  
documents from your HP All-in-One to your computer using a Web browser. This  
feature is available even if you chose not to install the device software on your  
computer.  
For more information on Webscan, see the online help in the Embedded Web Server.  
For more information on the Embedded Web Server, see Connect to a network.  
Fax setup  
After completing all steps in the Setup Guide, use the instructions in this section to  
complete your fax setup. Please keep your Setup Guide for later use.  
In this section, you will learn how to set up your HP All-in-One so that faxing works  
successfully with equipment and services you might already have on the same phone  
line as your HP All-in-One.  
Tip You can also use the Fax Setup Wizard (Windows) or Fax Setup Utility  
(Mac) to help you quickly set up some important fax settings such as the  
answer mode and fax header information. You can access the Fax Setup  
Wizard (Windows) or Fax Setup Utility (Mac) through the HP Image Zone  
software. After you run the Fax Setup Wizard (Windows) or Fax Setup Utility  
(Mac), follow the procedures in this section to complete your fax setup.  
Set up the HP All-in-One for faxing  
Before you begin setting up your HP All-in-One for faxing, determine which kind of  
phone system your country/region uses. The instructions for setting up your HP All-in-  
One for faxing differ depending on whether you have a serial- or parallel-type phone  
system.  
If you do not see your country/region listed in the table below, you probably have  
a serial-type phone system. In a serial-type phone system, the connector type on  
your shared telephone equipment (modems, phones, and answering machines)  
34  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
       
does not allow a physical connection to the "2-EXT" port on your HP All-in-One.  
Instead, all equipment must be connected at the telephone wall jack.  
If your country/region is listed in the table below, you probably have a parallel-  
type telephone system. In a parallel-type phone system, you are able to connect  
shared telephone equipment to the phone line by using the "2-EXT" port on the  
back of the HP All-in-One.  
Note If you have a parallel-type phone system, HP recommends you use  
the 2-wire phone cord supplied with your HP All-in-One to connect the  
HP All-in-One to the telephone wall jack.  
Countries/regions with a parallel-type phone system  
Argentina  
Canada  
Colombia  
Indonesia  
Korea  
Australia  
Chile  
Brazil  
China  
Greece  
Ireland  
India  
Japan  
Latin America  
Philippines  
Russia  
Malaysia  
Poland  
Saudi Arabia  
Taiwan  
Venezuela  
Mexico  
Portugal  
Singapore  
Thailand  
Vietnam  
Spain  
USA  
If you are unsure which kind of telephone system you have (serial or parallel), check  
with your telephone company.  
Choose the right fax setup for your home or office  
To fax successfully, you need to know what types of equipment and services (if any)  
share the same phone line with your HP All-in-One. This is important because you  
might need to connect some of your existing office equipment directly to your HP All-  
in-One, and you might also need to change some fax settings before you can fax  
successfully.  
To determine the best way to set up the HP All-in-One in your home or office, first  
read through the questions in this section and record your answers. Next, refer to the  
table in the following section and choose the recommended setup case based on your  
answers.  
Make sure to read and answer the following questions in the order they are presented.  
1. Do you have a digital subscriber line (DSL) service through your telephone  
company? (DSL might be called ADSL in your country/region.)  
Yes, I have DSL.  
No.  
User Guide  
35  
 
Chapter 3  
If you answered Yes, proceed directly to Case B: Set up your HP All-in-One with  
DSL. You do not need to continue answering questions.  
If you answered No, please continue answering questions.  
2. Do you have a private branch exchange (PBX) phone system or an integrated  
services digital network (ISDN) system?  
If you answered Yes, proceed directly to Case C: Set up your HP All-in-One with  
a PBX phone system or an ISDN line. You do not need to continue answering  
questions.  
If you answered No, please continue answering questions.  
3. Do you subscribe to a distinctive ring service through your telephone company  
that provides multiple phone numbers with different ring patterns?  
Yes, I have distinctive ring.  
No.  
If you answered Yes, proceed directly to Case D: Fax with a distinctive ring  
service on the same line. You do not need to continue answering questions.  
If you answered No, please continue answering questions.  
Are you unsure if you have distinctive ring? Many phone companies offer a  
distinctive ring feature that allows you to have several phone numbers on one  
phone line.  
When you subscribe to this service, each phone number will have a different ring  
pattern. For example, you can have single, double, and triple rings for the  
different numbers. You might assign one phone number with a single ring to your  
voice calls, and another phone number with double rings to your fax calls. This  
allows you to tell the difference between voice and fax calls when the phone rings.  
4. Do you receive voice calls at the same phone number you will use for fax calls on  
your HP All-in-One?  
Yes, I receive voice calls.  
No.  
Please continue answering questions.  
5. Do you have a computer modem on the same phone line as your HP All-in-One?  
Yes, I have a computer modem.  
No.  
Are you unsure if you use a computer modem? If you answer Yes to any of the  
following questions, you are using a computer modem:  
Do you send and receive faxes directly to and from your computer software  
programs through a dial-up connection?  
Do you send and receive e-mail messages on your computer through a dial-  
up connection?  
Do you access the Internet from your computer through a dial-up connection?  
Please continue answering questions.  
6. Do you have an answering machine that answers voice calls at the same phone  
number you will use for fax calls on your HP All-in-One?  
Yes, I have an answering machine.  
No.  
36  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
Please continue answering questions.  
7. Do you subscribe to a voice mail service through your telephone company at the  
same phone number you will use for fax calls on your HP All-in-One?  
Yes, I have a voice mail service.  
No.  
After you have completed answering the questions, proceed to the next section to  
select your fax setup case.  
Select your fax setup case  
Now that you have answered all the questions about the equipment and services that  
share the phone line with your HP All-in-One, you are ready to choose the best setup  
case for your home or office.  
From the first column in the following table, choose the combination of equipment and  
services applicable to your home or office setting. Then look up the appropriate setup  
case in the second or third column based on your phone system. Step-by-step  
instructions are included for each case in the sections that follow.  
If you have answered all the questions in the previous section and have none of the  
described equipment or services, choose "None" from the first column in the table.  
Note If your home or office setup is not described in this section, set up the  
HP All-in-One as you would a regular analog phone. Make sure you use the  
phone cord supplied in the box to connect one end to your telephone wall jack  
and the other end to the port labeled "1-LINE" on the back of your HP All-in-  
One. If you use another phone cord, you might experience problems sending  
and receiving faxes.  
Other equipment/  
services sharing your  
fax line  
Recommended fax  
setup for parallel-type  
phone systems  
Recommended fax  
setup for serial-type  
phone systems  
None  
(You answered No to all  
questions.)  
DSL service  
(You answered Yes to  
question 1 only.)  
PBX or ISDN system  
(You answered Yes to  
question 2 only.)  
Distinctive ring service  
(You answered Yes to  
question 3 only.)  
User Guide  
37  
Chapter 3  
(continued)  
Other equipment/  
services sharing your  
fax line  
Recommended fax  
setup for parallel-type  
phone systems  
Recommended fax  
setup for serial-type  
phone systems  
Voice calls  
(You answered Yes to  
question 4 only.)  
Voice calls and voice mail Case F: Shared voice/fax  
service  
(You answered Yes to  
questions 4 and 7 only.)  
Computer modem  
Not applicable.  
Not applicable.  
(You answered Yes to  
question 5 only.)  
Voice calls and computer  
modem  
(You answered Yes to  
questions 4 and 5 only.)  
Voice calls and answering Case I: Shared voice/fax  
Not applicable.  
Not applicable.  
machine  
(You answered Yes to  
questions 4 and 6 only.)  
Voice calls, computer  
modem, and answering  
machine  
(You answered Yes to  
questions 4, 5, and 6 only.)  
Voice calls, computer  
modem, and voice mail  
service  
Not applicable.  
(You answered Yes to  
questions 4, 5, and 7 only.)  
For additional fax setup information, in specific countries/regions, see the Fax  
Configuration website listed below.  
38  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
Austria  
Germany  
Switzerland (French)  
Switzerland (German)  
United Kingdom  
Case A: Separate fax line (no voice calls received)  
If you have a separate phone line on which you receive no voice calls, and you have  
no other equipment connected on this phone line, set up your HP All-in-One as  
described in this section.  
Back view of the HP All-in-One  
1
2
Telephone wall jack  
Phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One connected to the "1-LINE" port  
To set up your HP All-in-One with a separate fax line  
1. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One, connect one  
end to your telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled "1-  
LINE" on the back of your HP All-in-One.  
Note If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone  
wall jack to your HP All-in-One, you might not be able to fax successfully.  
This special phone cord is different from the phone cords you might  
already have in your home or office. If the supplied phone cord is too  
enough for information on extending it.  
2. Set the Auto Answer setting to On.  
For information on changing this setting, see Set the answer mode.  
3. (Optional) Change the Rings to Answer setting to the lowest setting (two rings).  
User Guide  
39  
   
Chapter 3  
For information on changing this setting, see Set the number of rings before  
4. Run a fax test. For information, see Test your fax setup.  
When the phone rings, your HP All-in-One will answer automatically after the number  
of rings you set in the Rings to Answer setting. Then it will begin emitting fax  
reception tones to the sending fax machine and receive the fax.  
Case B: Set up your HP All-in-One with DSL  
If you have a DSL service through your telephone company, use the instructions in  
this section to connect a DSL filter between the telephone wall jack and your HP All-in-  
One. The DSL filter removes the digital signal that can interfere with your HP All-in-  
One, so the HP All-in-One can communicate properly with the phone line. (DSL might  
be called ADSL in your country/region.)  
Note If you have a DSL line and you do not connect the DSL filter, you will  
not be able to send and receive faxes with your HP All-in-One.  
Back view of the HP All-in-One  
1
2
3
Telephone wall jack  
DSL filter and cord supplied by your DSL provider  
Phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One connected to the "1-LINE" port  
To set up your HP All-in-One with DSL  
1. Obtain a DSL filter from your DSL provider.  
2. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One, connect one  
end to the open port on the DSL filter, then connect the other end to the port  
labeled "1-LINE" on the back of your HP All-in-One.  
Note If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone  
wall jack to your HP All-in-One, you might not be able to fax successfully.  
This special phone cord is different from the phone cords you might  
already have in your home or office.  
3. Connect the DSL filter cord to the telephone wall jack.  
40  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
   
Note If you have other office equipment or services attached to this  
phone line, such as a distinctive ring service, answering machine, or voice  
mail, see the appropriate section in this section for additional setup  
guidelines.  
4. Run a fax test. For information, see Test your fax setup.  
Case C: Set up your HP All-in-One with a PBX phone system or an ISDN line  
If you are using either a PBX phone system or an ISDN converter/terminal adapter,  
make sure you do the following:  
If you are using either a PBX or an ISDN converter/terminal adaptor, connect the  
HP All-in-One to the port that is designated for fax and phone use. Also, make  
sure that the terminal adapter is set to the correct switch type for your country/  
region, if possible.  
Note Some ISDN systems allow you to configure the ports for specific  
phone equipment. For example, you might have assigned one port for  
telephone and Group 3 fax and another port for multiple purposes. If you  
have problems when connected to the fax/phone port of your ISDN  
converter, try using the port designated for multiple purposes; it might be  
labeled "multi-combi" or something similar.  
If you are using a PBX phone system, set the call waiting tone to "off."  
Note Many digital PBX systems include a call-waiting tone that is set to  
"on" by default. The call waiting tone will interfere with any fax  
transmission, and you will not be able to send or receive faxes with your  
HP All-in-One. Refer to the documentation that came with your PBX  
phone system for instructions on how to turn off the call-waiting tone.  
If you are using a PBX phone system, dial the number for an outside line before  
dialing the fax number.  
Make sure you use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to  
your HP All-in-One. If you do not, you might not be able to fax successfully. This  
special phone cord is different from the phone cords you might already have in  
your home or office. If the supplied phone cord is too short, see The phone cord  
that came with my HP All-in-One is not long enough for information on extending it.  
Case D: Fax with a distinctive ring service on the same line  
If you subscribe to a distinctive ring service (through your telephone company) that  
allows you to have multiple phone numbers on one phone line, each with a different  
ring pattern, set up your HP All-in-One as described in this section.  
User Guide  
41  
       
Chapter 3  
Back view of the HP All-in-One  
1
2
Telephone wall jack  
Phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One connected to the "1-LINE" port  
To set up your HP All-in-One with a distinctive ring service  
1. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One, connect one  
end to your telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled "1-  
LINE" on the back of your HP All-in-One.  
Note If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone  
wall jack to your HP All-in-One, you might not be able to fax successfully.  
This special phone cord is different from the phone cords you might  
already have in your home or office. If the supplied phone cord is too  
enough for information on extending it.  
2. Set the Auto Answer setting to On.  
For information on changing this setting, see Set the answer mode.  
3. Change the Answer Ring Pattern setting to match the pattern that the telephone  
company assigned to your fax number.  
For information on changing this setting, see Change the answer ring pattern  
Note By default, your HP All-in-One is set to answer all ring patterns. If  
you do not set the Answer Ring Pattern to match the ring pattern  
assigned to your fax number, your HP All-in-One might answer both voice  
calls and fax calls or it might not answer at all.  
4. (Optional) Change the Rings to Answer setting to the lowest setting (two rings).  
For information on changing this setting, see Set the number of rings before  
5. Run a fax test. For information, see Test your fax setup.  
Your HP All-in-One will automatically answer incoming calls that have the ring pattern  
you selected (Answer Ring Pattern setting) after the number of rings you selected  
(Rings to Answer setting). Then it will begin emitting fax reception tones to the  
sending fax machine and receive the fax.  
42  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
 
Case E: Shared voice/fax line  
If you receive both voice calls and fax calls at the same phone number, and you have  
no other office equipment (or voice mail) on this phone line, set up your HP All-in-One  
as described in this section.  
Back view of the HP All-in-One  
1
2
3
Telephone wall jack  
Phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One connected to the "1-LINE" port  
Telephone (optional)  
To set up your HP All-in-One with a shared voice/fax line  
1. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One, connect one  
end to your telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled "1-  
LINE" on the back of your HP All-in-One.  
Note If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone  
wall jack to your HP All-in-One, you might not be able to fax successfully.  
This special phone cord is different from the phone cords you might  
already have in your home or office. If the supplied phone cord is too  
enough for information on extending it.  
2. Do one of the following, depending on your phone system:  
If you have a parallel-type phone system, remove the white plug from the  
port labeled "2-EXT" on the back of your HP All-in-One, and then connect a  
phone to this port.  
If you have a serial-type phone system, you might plug your phone directly to  
the telephone wall jack.  
3. Now you need to decide how you want the HP All-in-One to answer calls,  
automatically or manually:  
If you set up the HP All-in-One to answer calls automatically, it answers all  
incoming calls and receives faxes. Your HP All-in-One will not be able to  
distinguish between fax and voice calls in this case; if you suspect the call is  
a voice call, you will need to answer it before the HP All-in-One answers the  
User Guide  
43  
 
Chapter 3  
call. To set up the HP All-in-One to answer calls automatically, change the  
Auto Answer setting to On.  
If you set up the HP All-in-One to answer faxes manually, you must be  
available to respond in person to incoming fax calls or your HP All-in-One  
cannot receive faxes. To set up the HP All-in-One to answer calls manually,  
change the Auto Answer setting to Off.  
For information on changing this setting, see Set the answer mode.  
4. Run a fax test. For information, see Test your fax setup.  
If you pick up the phone before the HP All-in-One answers the call and hear fax tones  
from a sending fax machine, you will need to answer the fax call manually. For  
information, see Receive a fax manually.  
Case F: Shared voice/fax line with voice mail  
If you receive both voice calls and fax calls at the same phone number, and you also  
subscribe to a voice mail service through your telephone company, set up your HP All-  
in-One as described in this section.  
Note You cannot receive faxes automatically if you have a voice mail service  
at the same phone number you use for fax calls. You must receive faxes  
manually; this means you must be available to respond in person to incoming  
fax calls. If you want to receive faxes automatically instead, contact your  
telephone company to subscribe to a distinctive ring service, or to obtain a  
separate phone line for faxing.  
Back view of the HP All-in-One  
1
2
Telephone wall jack  
Phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One connected to the "1-LINE" port  
To set up your HP All-in-One with voice mail  
1. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One, connect one  
end to your telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled "1-  
LINE" on the back of your HP All-in-One.  
Note If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone  
wall jack to your HP All-in-One, you might not be able to fax successfully.  
44  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
   
This special phone cord is different from the phone cords you might  
already have in your home or office. If the supplied phone cord is too  
enough for information on extending it.  
2. Set the Auto Answer setting to Off.  
For information on changing this setting, see Set the answer mode.  
3. Run a fax test. For information, see Test your fax setup.  
You must be available to respond in person to incoming fax calls, or your HP All-in-  
One cannot receive faxes. For information on receiving faxes manually, see Receive a  
Case G: Fax line shared with computer modem (no voice calls received)  
If you have a fax line on which you receive no voice calls, and you also have a  
computer modem connected on this line, set up your HP All-in-One as described in  
this section.  
Since your computer modem shares the phone line with your HP All-in-One, you will  
not be able to use both your computer modem and your HP All-in-One  
simultaneously. For example, you cannot use your HP All-in-One for faxing if you are  
using your computer modem to send an e-mail or access the Internet.  
Back view of the HP All-in-One  
1
2
3
Telephone wall jack  
Phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One connected to the "1-LINE" port  
Computer with modem  
To set up your HP All-in-One with a computer modem  
1. Remove the white plug from the port labeled "2-EXT" on the back of your HP All-  
in-One.  
2. Find the phone cord that connects from the back of your computer (your  
computer modem) to a telephone wall jack. Disconnect the cord from the  
telephone wall jack and plug it into the port labeled "2-EXT" on the back of your  
HP All-in-One.  
User Guide  
45  
   
Chapter 3  
3. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One, connect one  
end to your telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled "1-  
LINE" on the back of your HP All-in-One.  
Note If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone  
wall jack to your HP All-in-One, you might not be able to fax successfully.  
This special phone cord is different from the phone cords you might  
already have in your home or office. If the supplied phone cord is too  
enough for information on extending it.  
4. If your computer modem software is set to receive faxes to your computer  
automatically, turn off that setting.  
Note If you do not turn off the automatic fax reception setting in your  
computer modem software, your HP All-in-One will not be able to receive  
faxes.  
5. Set the Auto Answer setting to On.  
For information on changing this setting, see Set the answer mode.  
6. (Optional) Change the Rings to Answer setting to the lowest setting (two rings).  
For information on changing this setting, see Set the number of rings before  
7. Run a fax test. For information, see Test your fax setup.  
When the phone rings, your HP All-in-One will answer automatically after the number  
of rings you set in the Rings to Answer setting. Then it will begin emitting fax  
reception tones to the sending fax machine and receive the fax.  
Case H: Shared voice/fax line with computer modem  
If you receive both voice calls and fax calls at the same phone number, and you also  
have a computer modem connected on this phone line, set up your HP All-in-One as  
described in this section.  
Since your computer modem shares the phone line with your HP All-in-One, you will  
not be able to use both your computer modem and your HP All-in-One  
simultaneously. For example, you cannot use your HP All-in-One for faxing if you are  
using your computer modem to send an e-mail or access the Internet.  
There are two different ways to set up your HP All-in-One with your computer based  
on the number of phone ports on your computer. Before you begin, check your  
computer to see if it has one or two phone ports.  
If your computer has only one phone port, you will need to purchase a parallel  
splitter (also called a coupler), as shown below. (A parallel splitter has one RJ-11  
port on the front and two RJ-11 ports on the back. Do not use a 2-line phone  
splitter, a serial splitter, or a parallel splitter which has two RJ-11 ports on the  
front and a plug on the back.) For additional details, see the 3100, 3200, 3300  
series Troubleshooting section in the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.  
46  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
   
Example of a parallel splitter  
If your computer has two phone ports, set up your HP All-in-One as described  
below.  
Back view of the HP All-in-One  
1
2
3
4
5
6
Telephone wall jack  
"IN" phone port on your computer  
"OUT" phone port on your computer  
Telephone  
Computer with modem  
Phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One connected to the "1-LINE" port  
To set up your HP All-in-One to a computer with two phone ports  
1. Remove the white plug from the port labeled "2-EXT" on the back of your HP All-  
in-One.  
2. Find the phone cord that connects from the back of your computer (your  
computer modem) to a telephone wall jack. Disconnect the cord from the  
telephone wall jack and plug it into the port labeled "2-EXT" on the back of your  
HP All-in-One.  
3. Connect a phone to the "OUT" port on the back of your computer modem.  
4. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One, connect one  
end to your telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled "1-  
LINE" on the back of your HP All-in-One.  
Note If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone  
wall jack to your HP All-in-One, you might not be able to fax successfully.  
This special phone cord is different from the phone cords you might  
already have in your home or office. If the supplied phone cord is too  
User Guide  
47  
Chapter 3  
enough for information on extending it.  
5. If your computer modem software is set to receive faxes to your computer  
automatically, turn off that setting.  
Note If you do not turn off the automatic fax reception setting in your  
computer modem software, your HP All-in-One will not be able to receive  
faxes.  
6. Now you need to decide how you want the HP All-in-One to answer calls,  
automatically or manually:  
If you set up the HP All-in-One to answer calls automatically, it answers all  
incoming calls and receives faxes. Your HP All-in-One will not be able to  
distinguish between fax and voice calls in this case; if you suspect the call is  
a voice call, you will need to answer it before the HP All-in-One answers the  
call. To set up the HP All-in-One to answer calls automatically, change the  
Auto Answer setting to On.  
If you set up the HP All-in-One to answer faxes manually, you must be  
available to respond in person to incoming fax calls or your HP All-in-One  
cannot receive faxes. To set up the HP All-in-One to answer calls manually,  
change the Auto Answer setting to Off.  
For information on changing this setting, see Set the answer mode.  
7. Run a fax test. For information, see Test your fax setup.  
If you pick up the phone before the HP All-in-One answers the call and hear fax tones  
from a sending fax machine, you will need to answer the fax call manually. For  
information, see Receive a fax manually.  
Case I: Shared voice/fax line with answering machine  
If you receive both voice calls and fax calls at the same phone number, and you also  
have an answering machine that answers voice calls at this phone number, set up  
your HP All-in-One as described in this section.  
48  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
   
Back view of the HP All-in-One  
1
2
3
4
5
6
Telephone wall jack  
"IN" port on your answering machine  
"OUT" port on your answering machine  
Telephone (optional)  
Answering machine  
Phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One connected to the "1-LINE" port  
To set up your HP All-in-One with a shared voice/fax line with answering machine  
1. Remove the white plug from the port labeled "2-EXT" on the back of your HP All-  
in-One.  
2. Unplug your answering machine from the telephone wall jack, and connect it to  
the port labeled "2-EXT" on the back of your HP All-in-One.  
Note If you do not connect your answering machine directly to your  
HP All-in-One, fax tones from a sending fax machine might be recorded  
on your answering machine, and you probably will not be able to receive  
faxes with your HP All-in-One.  
3. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One, connect one  
end to your telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled "1-  
LINE" on the back of your HP All-in-One.  
Note If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone  
wall jack to your HP All-in-One, you might not be able to fax successfully.  
This special phone cord is different from the phone cords you might  
already have in your home or office. If the supplied phone cord is too  
enough for information on extending it.  
4. (Optional) If your answering machine does not have a built-in phone, for  
convenience you might want to connect a phone to the back of your answering  
machine at the "OUT" port.  
5. Set the Auto Answer setting to On.  
For information on changing this setting, see Set the answer mode.  
User Guide  
49  
Chapter 3  
6. Set your answering machine to answer after four or fewer rings.  
7. Change the Rings to Answer setting on your HP All-in-One to the maximum  
number of rings supported by your device. (The maximum number of rings varies  
by country/region.)  
For information on changing this setting, see Set the number of rings before  
8. Run a fax test. For information, see Test your fax setup.  
When the phone rings, your answering machine will answer after the number of rings  
you have set, and then play your recorded greeting. The HP All-in-One monitors the  
call during this time, "listening" for fax tones. If incoming fax tones are detected, the  
HP All-in-One will emit fax reception tones and receive the fax; if there are no fax  
tones, the HP All-in-One stops monitoring the line and your answering machine can  
record a voice message.  
Case J: Shared voice/fax line with computer modem and answering machine  
If you receive both voice calls and fax calls at the same phone number, and you also  
have a computer modem and answering machine connected on this phone line, set  
up your HP All-in-One as described in this section.  
Since your computer modem shares the phone line with your HP All-in-One, you will  
not be able to use both your computer modem and your HP All-in-One  
simultaneously. For example, you cannot use your HP All-in-One for faxing if you are  
using your computer modem to send an e-mail or access the Internet.  
There are two different ways to set up your HP All-in-One with your computer based  
on the number of phone ports on your computer. Before you begin, check your  
computer to see if it has one or two phone ports:  
If your computer has only one phone port, you will need to purchase a parallel  
splitter (also called a coupler), as shown below. (A parallel splitter has one RJ-11  
port on the front and two RJ-11 ports on the back. Do not use a 2-line phone  
splitter, a serial splitter, or a parallel splitter which has two RJ-11 ports on the  
front and a plug on the back.) For additional details, see the 3100, 3200, 3300  
series Troubleshooting section in the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.  
Example of a parallel splitter  
If your computer has two phone ports, set up your HP All-in-One as described  
below.  
50  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
   
Back view of the HP All-in-One  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Telephone wall jack  
"IN" phone port on your computer  
"OUT" phone port on your computer  
Telephone (optional)  
Answering machine  
Computer with modem  
Phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One connected to the "1-LINE" port  
To set up your HP All-in-One to a computer with two phone ports  
1. Remove the white plug from the port labeled "2-EXT" on the back of your HP All-  
in-One.  
2. Find the phone cord that connects from the back of your computer (your  
computer modem) to a telephone wall jack. Disconnect the cord from the  
telephone wall jack and plug it into the port labeled "2-EXT" on the back of your  
HP All-in-One.  
3. Unplug your answering machine from the telephone wall jack, and connect it to  
the "OUT" port on the back of your computer modem.  
This allows a direct connection between the HP All-in-One and your answering  
machine, even though the computer modem is connected first in line.  
Note If you do not connect your answering machine in this way, fax  
tones from a sending fax machine might be recorded on your answering  
machine, and you might not be able to receive faxes with your HP All-in-  
One.  
4. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One, connect one  
end to your telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled "1-  
LINE" on the back of your HP All-in-One.  
Note If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone  
wall jack to your HP All-in-One, you might not be able to fax successfully.  
This special phone cord is different from the phone cords you might  
already have in your home or office. If the supplied phone cord is too  
User Guide  
51  
Chapter 3  
enough for information on extending it.  
5. (Optional) If your answering machine does not have a built-in phone, for  
convenience you might want to connect a phone to the back of your answering  
machine at the "OUT" port.  
6. If your computer modem software is set to receive faxes to your computer  
automatically, turn off that setting.  
Note If you do not turn off the automatic fax reception setting in your  
computer modem software, your HP All-in-One will not be able to receive  
faxes.  
7. Set the Auto Answer setting to On.  
For information on changing this setting, see Set the answer mode.  
8. Set your answering machine to answer after four or fewer rings.  
9. Change the Rings to Answer setting on your HP All-in-One to the maximum  
number of rings supported by your device. (The maximum number of rings varies  
by country/region.)  
For information on changing this setting, see Set the number of rings before  
10. Run a fax test. For information, see Test your fax setup.  
When the phone rings, your answering machine will answer after the number of rings  
you have set, and then play your recorded greeting. The HP All-in-One monitors the  
call during this time, "listening" for fax tones. If incoming fax tones are detected, the  
HP All-in-One will emit fax reception tones and receive the fax; if there are no fax  
tones, the HP All-in-One stops monitoring the line and your answering machine can  
record a voice message.  
Case K: Shared voice/fax line with computer modem and voice mail  
If you receive both voice calls and fax calls at the same phone number, use a  
computer modem on the same phone line, and subscribe to a voice mail service  
through your telephone company, set up your HP All-in-One as described in this  
section.  
Note You cannot receive faxes automatically if you have a voice mail service  
at the same phone number you use for fax calls. You must receive faxes  
manually; this means you must be available to respond in person to incoming  
fax calls. If you want to receive faxes automatically instead, contact your  
telephone company to subscribe to a distinctive ring service, or to obtain a  
separate phone line for faxing.  
Since your computer modem shares the phone line with your HP All-in-One, you will  
not be able to use both your computer modem and your HP All-in-One  
simultaneously. For example, you cannot use your HP All-in-One for faxing if you are  
using your computer modem to send an e-mail or access the Internet.  
52  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
   
There are two different ways to set up your HP All-in-One with your computer based  
on the number of phone ports on your computer. Before you begin, check your  
computer to see if it has one or two phone ports:  
If your computer has only one phone port, you will need to purchase a parallel  
splitter (also called a coupler), as shown below. (A parallel splitter has one RJ-11  
port on the front and two RJ-11 ports on the back. Do not use a 2-line phone  
splitter, a serial splitter, or a parallel splitter which has two RJ-11 ports on the  
front and a plug on the back.) For additional details, see the 3100, 3200, 3300  
series Troubleshooting section in the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.  
Example of a parallel splitter  
If your computer has two phone ports, set up your HP All-in-One as described  
below.  
Back view of the HP All-in-One  
1
2
3
4
5
6
Telephone wall jack  
"IN" phone port on your computer  
"OUT" phone port on your computer  
Telephone  
Computer with modem  
Phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One connected to the "1-LINE" port  
To set up your HP All-in-One to a computer with two phone ports  
1. Remove the white plug from the port labeled "2-EXT" on the back of your HP All-  
in-One.  
2. Find the phone cord that connects from the back of your computer (your  
computer modem) to a telephone wall jack. Disconnect the cord from the  
User Guide  
53  
Chapter 3  
telephone wall jack and plug it into the port labeled "2-EXT" on the back of your  
HP All-in-One.  
3. Connect a phone to the "OUT" port on the back of your computer modem.  
4. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One, connect one  
end to your telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled "1-  
LINE" on the back of your HP All-in-One.  
Note If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone  
wall jack to your HP All-in-One, you might not be able to fax successfully.  
This special phone cord is different from the phone cords you might  
already have in your home or office. If the supplied phone cord is too  
enough for information on extending it.  
5. If your computer modem software is set to receive faxes to your computer  
automatically, turn off that setting.  
Note If you do not turn off the automatic fax reception setting in your  
modem software, your HP All-in-One will not be able to receive faxes.  
6. Set the Auto Answer setting to Off.  
For information on changing this setting, see Set the answer mode.  
7. Run a fax test. For information, see Test your fax setup.  
You must be available to respond in person to incoming fax calls, or your HP All-in-  
One cannot receive faxes. For information on receiving faxes manually, see Receive a  
Change settings on the HP All-in-One to receive faxes  
In order to receive faxes successfully, you need to change some settings on your  
HP All-in-One.  
Note The HP All-in-One is usually set up to receive faxes during the  
HP Image Zone software installation through the Fax Setup Wizard (Windows  
users) or Fax Setup Utility (Mac users). Depending on the information you  
provided, the HP All-in-One will be set to receive faxes automatically or  
manually. You can change the setting at any time from the control panel.  
If you are unsure which settings to choose for the options described in this section,  
Set the answer mode  
The answer mode determines whether your HP All-in-One answers incoming calls or  
not.  
If you set the HP All-in-One to answer faxes automatically, the HP All-in-One will  
answer all incoming calls and receive faxes. Set the Auto Answer setting to On.  
If you set the HP All-in-One to answer faxes manually, you must be available to  
respond in person to the incoming fax call or your HP All-in-One will not receive  
faxes. Set the Auto Answer setting to Off. For more information on receiving  
faxes manually, see Receive a fax manually.  
54  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
     
If you do not know which answer mode to use, see Set up the HP All-in-One for faxing.  
1. Press Setup.  
2. Press 3, and then press 2.  
This displays the Basic Fax Setup menu and then selects Auto Answer.  
3. Press 1 to select On, or press 2 to select Off.  
4. Press OK to accept the setting.  
Change the answer ring pattern (distinctive ringing)  
Many phone companies offer a distinctive ringing feature that allows you to have  
several phone numbers on one phone line. When you subscribe to this service, each  
number will have a different ring pattern. You can set up your HP All-in-One to answer  
incoming calls that have a specific ring pattern.  
If you connect your HP All-in-One to a line with distinctive ringing, have your  
telephone company assign one ring pattern to voice calls and another ring pattern to  
fax calls. HP recommends that you request double or triple rings for a fax number.  
When the HP All-in-One detects the specified ring pattern, it will answer the call and  
receive the fax.  
If you do not have a distinctive ring service, use the default ring pattern, which is All  
Rings.  
To change the answer ring pattern from the control panel  
1. Verify that your HP All-in-One is set to answer fax calls automatically. For  
information, see Set the answer mode.  
2. Press Setup.  
3. Press 4, and then press 1.  
This displays the Advanced Fax Setup menu and then selects Answer Ring  
Pattern.  
4. Press  
to highlight an option, and then press OK.  
When the phone rings with the ring pattern assigned to your fax line, the HP All-in-  
One answers the call and receives the fax.  
Set the number of rings before answering  
If you set the Auto Answer setting to On, you can specify how many rings should  
occur before your HP All-in-One automatically answers the incoming call.  
The Rings to Answer setting is important if you have an answering machine on the  
same phone line as your HP All-in-One, because you want the answering machine to  
answer the phone before the HP All-in-One does. The number of rings to answer for  
the HP All-in-One should be greater than the number of rings to answer for the  
answering machine.  
For example, set your answering machine to answer in four rings or fewer and your  
HP All-in-One to answer in the maximum number of rings supported by your device.  
(The maximum number of rings varies by country/region.) In this setup, the answering  
machine will answer the call and the HP All-in-One will monitor the line. If the HP All-  
in-One detects fax tones, the HP All-in-One will receive the fax. If the call is a voice  
call, the answering machine will record the incoming message.  
User Guide  
55  
       
Chapter 3  
To set the number of rings before answering from the control panel  
1. Press Setup.  
2. Press 3, and then press 3 again.  
This displays the Basic Fax Setup menu and then selects Rings to Answer.  
3.  
Enter the appropriate number of rings by using the keypad, or press or to  
change the number of rings.  
4. Press OK to accept the setting.  
Test your fax setup  
You can test your fax setup to check the status of your HP All-in-One and to make  
sure it is set up properly for faxing. Perform this test after you have completed setting  
up your HP All-in-One for faxing. The test does the following:  
Verifies the correct phone cord is connected to your HP All-in-One  
Checks that the phone cord is plugged into the correct port  
Checks for a dial tone  
Checks for an active phone line  
Tests the status of your phone line connection  
The HP All-in-One prints a report with the results of the test. If the test fails, review the  
report for information on how to fix the problem and rerun the test.  
To test your fax setup from the control panel  
1. Set up your HP All-in-One for faxing according to the setup instructions in this  
chapter.  
2. Insert the ink cartridges and load full-size paper in the main tray before starting  
the test.  
For more information, see Replace the ink cartridges and Load full-size paper.  
3. Press Setup.  
4. Press 5, then press 8.  
This displays the Tools menu and then selects Run Fax Test.  
The HP All-in-One displays the status of the test on the color graphics display  
and prints a report.  
5. Review the report.  
If the test passes and you are still having problems faxing, check the fax  
settings listed in the report to verify the settings are correct. A blank or  
incorrect fax setting can cause problems faxing.  
If the test fails, review the report for more information on how to fix any  
problems found.  
6. After you pick up the fax report from your HP All-in-One, press OK.  
If necessary, resolve any problems found and rerun the test.  
For more information on resolving any problems found during the test, see The  
56  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
   
Set the fax header  
The fax header prints your name and fax number on the top of every fax you send. HP  
recommends that you set up the fax header by using the Fax Setup Wizard  
(Windows users) or the Fax Setup Utility (Mac users) during the HP Image  
Zone software installation. You can also set up the fax header from the control panel.  
Note 1 In some countries/regions the fax header information is a legal  
requirement.  
Note 2 In Hungary, the subscriber identification code (fax header) can be set  
or changed only by authorized personnel. For more information, contact your  
authorized HP dealer.  
1. Press Setup.  
2. Press 3, and then press 1.  
This displays the Basic Fax Setup menu and then selects Fax Header.  
3. Enter your personal or company name.  
For information on entering text from the control panel, see Text and symbols.  
4. When you are finished entering your personal or company name, select Done on  
the visual keyboard, and then press OK.  
5. Enter your fax number by using the numeric keypad.  
6. Press OK.  
You might find it easier to enter fax header information by using the HP Image Zone  
software that came with your HP All-in-One. In addition to entering fax header  
information, you can also enter cover page information that will be used when you  
send a fax from your computer and attach a cover page. For more information, see  
the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.  
Set up speed dialing  
You can assign speed dial entries to fax numbers you use often. This lets you dial  
those numbers quickly by using the control panel.  
For information on sending a fax using speed dials, see Send a basic fax.  
You can quickly and easily set up speed dial entries from your computer by using the  
HP Image Zone software that came with your HP All-in-One. For more information,  
see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.  
Create individual speed dial entries  
You can create speed dial entries for fax numbers that you use frequently. If  
necessary, you can also edit the name or fax number of a speed dial you have  
already created.  
User Guide  
57  
       
Chapter 3  
Tip You can include individual speed dial entries in a group speed dial. This  
enables you to broadcast a fax to a group of people at one time. (The  
maximum number of individual speed dials allowed in a group speed dial  
varies by model.) For information on setting up a group speed dial, see Create  
1. Press Setup.  
2. Press 2, and then press 1.  
This displays the Speed Dial Setup menu and then selects Individual Speed Dial.  
The first unassigned speed dial entry is highlighted on the color graphics display.  
3. Press OK to select the highlighted speed dial entry. You can also press  
to select an empty entry, and then press OK.  
or  
4. Enter the fax number to assign to that entry, and then press OK.  
The visual keyboard automatically appears on the color graphics display.  
5. Enter the name. After you have finished entering the name, select Done on the  
visual keyboard, and then press OK.  
For more information on entering text using the visual keyboard, see Text and  
6. Press 1 if you want to set up another number, or press Cancel to exit the Speed  
Dial Setup menu.  
Create group speed dials  
You can place individual speed dials that you have set up into groups, so that you can  
fax the same document to multiple recipients at once. If necessary, you can also add  
or remove numbers from a group speed dial you have already created. (The  
maximum number of individual speed dials allowed in a group speed dial varies by  
model.)  
1. Press Setup.  
2. Press 2, and then press 2 again.  
This displays the Speed Dial Setup menu and then selects Group Speed Dial.  
The first unassigned speed dial entry is highlighted on the color graphics display.  
3. Press OK to select the highlighted speed dial entry. You can also press  
to select an empty entry, and then press OK.  
or  
A list of the individual speed dial entries set up on the HP All-in-One appears.  
4. Press or to highlight an individual speed dial entry, and then press OK.  
Repeat this step for each number you want to add to the group speed dial.  
5. When all the appropriate fax numbers are selected, press  
to highlight Done  
Selecting, and then press OK.  
The visual keyboard automatically appears on the color graphics display.  
6. Enter a name for this group speed dial. After you have finished entering the  
name, select Done on the visual keyboard, and then press OK.  
For more information on entering text using the visual keyboard, see Text and  
7. Press 1 or 2 on the control panel if you want to set up additional speed dial  
entries, or press Cancel to exit the Speed Dial Setup menu.  
58  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
   
Connect to a network  
4
This chapter describes how to connect your HP All-in-One to a network, view and  
manage the network settings, and troubleshoot problems with the network connections.  
If you want to:  
See this section:  
Connect to a wireless network with an  
access point (802.11 b or g).  
Connect to a wireless network without  
an access point.  
Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network.  
Install the HP All-in-One software for  
use in a networked environment.  
Add connections to more computers on  
the network.  
Change the HP All-in-One from a USB  
connection to a network connection.  
Note Use the instructions in this  
section if you first install your HP All-in-  
One with a USB connection, and you  
now want to change to either a wireless  
or Ethernet network connection.  
View or change the network settings.  
Find troubleshooting information.  
Note You can connect your HP All-in-One to either a wireless or wired  
network, but not both at the same time.  
For definitions of networking terms, see the Network Glossary in the onscreen  
HP Image Zone Help that came with your HP All-in-One. For information on using the  
onscreen HP Image Zone Help, see Use the onscreen Help.  
Wireless infrastructure network setup  
For optimal performance and security in your wireless network, HP recommends you  
use a wireless access point (802.11b or g) to connect your HP All-in-One and the  
other network elements. When network elements are connected through an access  
point, this is called an infrastructure network. A wireless network without an access  
point is called an ad hoc network.  
User Guide  
59  
     
Chapter 4  
The advantages of a wireless infrastructure network as compared to an ad hoc  
network include:  
Advanced network security  
Enhanced reliability  
Network flexibility  
Better performance, especially with 802.11 g mode  
Shared Broadband Internet access  
HP Instant Share feature is enabled (with Broadband Internet access such as  
cable modem or DSL)  
To set up your HP All-in-One on a wireless infrastructure network, you need to do the  
following:  
First, collect all of the required materials, as explained in the next section, What  
Next, connect your HP All-in-One to the access point and run the Wireless Setup  
Finally, install the software, as explained in Install the software for a network  
What you need for a wireless infrastructure network  
To connect your HP All-in-One to a wireless network, you will need the following:  
A wireless 802.11b or g network that includes a wireless access point.  
Note If you are a Mac owner, Apple sells an easy-to-configure access  
point called AirPort. AirPort has to be connected to a Mac, but it accepts  
signals from any 802.11b-compatible wireless network device whether PC  
or Mac-based.  
A desktop computer or laptop with either wireless networking support, or a  
network interface card (NIC). You can use either an Ethernet (wired) connection  
or a wireless connection from the computer to the access point. If you want to use  
an Ethernet connection to your access point, follow the directions in Wired  
60  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
     
Note For Mac, wireless network support is usually provided by an AirPort  
card.  
Broadband Internet access (recommended) such as cable or DSL.  
If you connect your HP All-in-One on a wireless network that has Internet access,  
HP recommends that you use a wireless router (access point or base station) that  
uses Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP).  
Note Broadband Internet access is required if you want to access  
HP Instant Share directly from the device.  
Network name (SSID).  
WEP key or WPA Passphrase (if needed).  
Connect to a wireless infrastructure network  
The Wireless Setup Wizard provides an easy way to connect the HP All-in-One to  
your network. In addition, if your access point has either Secure EzSetup or Windows  
Connect Now Technology (Windows XP Service Pack 2), the process is even easier.  
See the documentation that came with your access point to find out if your access  
point supports either of these features. For additional setup instructions using  
EzSetup or Windows Connect Now, see the printed documentation that came with  
your access point.  
Caution To prevent other users from accessing your wireless network, HP  
strongly recommends to use a password or passphrase and to use a unique  
SSID to your access point. Your access point might have been shipped with a  
default SSID, which can be accessed by other users using the same default  
SSID. For more information on how to change the SSID, see the  
documentation that came with your access point.  
To connect the HP All-in-One with the Wireless Setup Wizard  
1. Write down the following information about your access point:  
Network Name (also called SSID)  
WEP Key, WPA Passphrase (if needed)  
For easy reference, you can write this information in this book. If you do not know  
where to find this information, see the documentation that came with your  
wireless access point. You might be able to find the SSID, and the WEP key or  
WPA passphrase, on the Embedded Web Server (EWS) for the access point. For  
information on how to open the access point EWS, see the access point  
documentation.  
Note For Mac users: If the network is set up with an Apple AirPort base  
station and you are using a password instead of WEP HEX or WEP ASCII  
to access this network, you need to get the equivalent WEP key. See the  
documentation that came with the Apple AirPort base station for more  
information.  
2. On the control panel of your HP All-in-One, press the Setup button.  
3. Press  
until Network is highlighted, then press OK.  
The Network Menu appears.  
User Guide  
61  
     
Chapter 4  
4. Press 4.  
This runs the Wireless Setup Wizard. The setup wizard searches for available  
networks, and then displays a list of detected network names (SSIDs). The  
infrastructure networks appear first in the list. The networks with the strongest  
signal appear first, the weakest appear last.  
5. Press  
to highlight the name of the network you wrote down in step 1, and then  
press OK.  
If you do not see your network name in the list, do the following:  
a. Select Enter a New Network Name (SSID). If necessary, use the  
highlight it, and then press OK.  
to  
The visual keyboard appears.  
b. Enter the SSID. Use the arrow buttons on the HP All-in-One control panel to  
highlight a letter or number on the visual keyboard, and then press OK to  
select it.  
For more information on using the visual keyboard, see Enter text using the  
Note You must enter the exact uppercase (capital) and lowercase  
(small) letters. Otherwise, the wireless connection will fail.  
c. When you are finished entering the new SSID, use the arrow buttons to  
highlight Done on the visual keyboard, and then press OK.  
d. Press 1 to select the infrastructure mode.  
e. Press 2 to select WEP encryption.  
OR  
Press 3 to select WPA encryption.  
6. If prompted, enter your WPA or WEP key as follows:  
a. Use the arrow buttons to highlight a letter or number on the visual keyboard,  
and then press OK to select it.  
Note You must enter the exact uppercase (capital) and lowercase  
(small) letters. Otherwise, the wireless connection will fail.  
If a message says you entered an invalid WPA or WEP key, check the key  
you wrote down for your new network, and then re-enter the key.  
b. When you are finished entering the WPA or WEP key, use the arrow buttons  
to highlight Done on the visual keyboard.  
c. Press OK to confirm.  
The HP All-in-One will attempt to connect to the network. If the connection  
fails, follow the prompts to correct the key, and then try again. See also,  
7. When the HP All-in-One connects successfully to the network, go to your  
computer to install the software on each computer that will use the network. See  
To connect the HP All-in-One with Secure EzSetup  
1. Activate Secure EzSetup on your access point.  
2. On the control panel of your HP All-in-One, press the Setup button.  
3. Press  
until Network is highlighted, then press OK.  
62  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
The Network Menu appears.  
4. Press 4.  
This runs the Wireless Setup Wizard.  
5. When the HP All-in-One connects successfully to the network, go to your  
computer to install the software. See Install the software for a network connection.  
To connect the HP All-in-One with Windows Connect Now Technology  
1. Insert your storage device containing the network settings into the front USB port  
or appropriate memory card slot on the HP All-in-One.  
The Settings Found menu appears.  
2. Press 1.  
This selects Yes, set up printer on network using wireless settings on  
memory device and displays the settings, including the key or passphrase if any,  
on the Confirm Settings screen.  
3. Press OK to confirm.  
The HP All-in-One will attempt to connect to the network. If the connection fails,  
follow the prompts to correct the problem, and then try again. See also, Network  
4. When the HP All-in-One connects successfully to the network, go to your  
computer to install the software. See Install the software for a network connection.  
Wireless ad hoc network setup  
Use this section if you want to connect your HP All-in-One to a computer on a wireless  
network without using an access point. This is sometimes called a peer-to-peer or ad  
hoc network. On a Mac, this is called a computer-to-computer network. You might  
want to use an ad hoc connection if you do not want to invest in an access point, or  
you want to set up a simpler, more casual network.  
Note An ad hoc connection is available if you do not have an access point.  
However, it provides little flexibility, a low level of network security, and slower  
network performance than with an access point. In addition, you will likely not  
have shared broadband access (such as cable or DSL), and therefore not be  
able to use the HP Instant Share feature on your HP All-in-One.  
For information on connecting your HP All-in-One using an access point, see Wireless  
In order to connect your HP All-in-One to your computer, you need to create a  
network profile on your computer. A network profile is comprised of the network  
settings, which includes the network name (SSID), the communication mode (ad hoc  
or infrastructure), and whether encryption is enabled or not. For instructions on how to  
create a network profile for an ad hoc connection, see the instructions below for your  
operating system.  
User Guide  
63  
   
Chapter 4  
To set up your HP All-in-One to a wireless ad hoc network, you need to do the  
following:  
First, collect all of the required materials. This type of setup requires a Windows  
computer with a wireless network adapter or a Mac with an Airport card.  
Next, prepare your computer and create a network profile, as explained in the  
following sections, designated by operating system.  
Next, run the Wireless Setup Wizard, as explained in Connect to a wireless ad  
Finally, install the software, as explained in Install the software for a network  
Prepare a Windows XP computer  
First prepare your computer for connecting to the network, and then create a network  
profile.  
To prepare your computer  
1. Quit all applications running on your computer, and temporarily disable all  
firewalls including the internal XP firewall and any other firewall or virus detection  
software.  
2. To protect your computer from virus infection, disable your Internet connection. If  
you have cable or DSL, disconnect the Ethernet cable from the back of your  
computer. If you have dial-up, disconnect the phone cord.  
3. Disable all LAN connections (including Ethernet) other than your wireless  
connection. Also, disable all IEEE 1394 (such as Firewire, i.LINK or Lynx) to  
Ethernet connections.  
To disable LAN connections with Windows XP  
a. Click the Windows Start button, click Control Panel, and then double-click  
Network Connections.  
b. Right-click each Local Area Connection, and then click Disable. If you see  
Enable on the pop-up menu, the Local Area Connection is already disabled.  
To turn off the Windows firewall with Windows XP Service Pack 2  
a. On the Windows Control Panel, click Security Center.  
b. Click Windows Firewall, and select Off.  
To turn off the Windows firewall with Windows XP Service Pack 1  
a. On the Windows Control Panel, open Network Connections.  
b. Click Change settings of this connection.  
c. Click the Advanced tab.  
d. Deselect the firewall protection check box.  
To create a network profile  
Note Your HP All-in-One comes configured with a network profile with  
hpsetup as the SSID. However, for security and privacy HP recommends you  
64  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
create a new network profile on your computer as described here, and then  
run the Wireless Setup Wizard to detect the new network (as described in the  
next section).  
1. Make sure you have prepared your computer as described above.  
2. In the Control Panel, double-click Network Connections.  
3. On the Network Connections window, right-click the Wireless Network  
Connection. If you see Enable on the pop-up menu, select it. Otherwise, if you  
see Disable on the menu, the wireless connection is already enabled.  
4. Right-click the Wireless Network Connection icon, and then click Properties.  
5. Click the Wireless Networks tab.  
6. Select the Use Windows to configure my wireless network settings check box.  
7. Click Add, and then do the following:  
a. In Network name (SSID) box, type in the name Mynetwork (or something  
more meaningful, such as your initials).  
Note Notice that the M in Mynetwork is uppercase (capital), and the  
rest of the letters are lowercase (small). This is important to  
remember in case you need to enter the SSID at a later time on the  
Wireless Setup Wizard.  
b. If there is a Network Authentication list, select Open. Otherwise, go to the  
next step.  
c. In the Data encryption list, select WEP.  
Note It is possible to create a network that does not use a WEP key.  
However, HP recommends using a WEP key in order to secure your  
network.  
d. Make sure that the check box is not selected next to The key is provided  
for me automatically. If it is selected, click the check box to clear it.  
e. In the Network key box, type a WEP key that has exactly 5 or exactly 13  
alphanumeric (ASCII) characters. For example, if you enter 5 characters, you  
might enter ABCDE or 12345. Or, if you enter 13 characters, you might enter  
ABCDEF1234567.  
Alternatively, you can use HEX (hexadecimal) characters for the WEP key. A  
HEX WEP key must be 10 characters for 40 bit encryption, or 26 characters  
for 128 bit encryption. For definitions of ASCII and HEX, see the Network  
Glossary in the onscreen HP Image Zone Help that came with your HP All-  
in-One. For information on using the onscreen HP Image Zone Help, see  
f. In the Confirm network key box, type the same WEP key you typed in the  
previous step.  
g. Write down the WEP key exactly as you typed it, including uppercase and  
lowercase letters.  
Note You must remember the exact uppercase (capital) and  
lowercase (small) letters. If you enter your WEP key incorrectly on the  
HP All-in-One, the wireless connection will fail.  
h. Select the check box for This is a computer-to-computer (ad hoc)  
network; wireless access points are not used.  
User Guide  
65  
 
Chapter 4  
i. Click OK, to close the Wireless network properties window. and then click  
OK again.  
j. Click OK again to close the Wireless Network Properties Connection  
window.  
8. Go to your HP All-in-One and use the Wireless Setup Wizard to connect your  
HP All-in-One to the wireless network. See Connect to a wireless ad hoc network.  
Prepare a Mac OS X  
To prepare your computer  
Quit all applications running on your computer and temporarily disable all firewalls.  
To create a new network profile  
Note Your HP All-in-One comes configured with a network profile with  
hpsetup as the SSID. However, for security and privacy HP recommends you  
create a new network profile on your Mac as described here, and then run the  
Wireless Setup Wizard to detect the new network (as described in the next  
section).  
1. Make sure that your AirPort is turned on.  
When AirPort is turned on, the following icon appears in the menu bar.  
To check this, click on the AirPort icon.  
If Turn Airport On is available, select it to turn on AirPort.  
If the AirPort icon is not present, do the following:  
a. On the Network Preferences screen, select Airport Panel.  
b. Enable Allow the computer to create networks.  
c. Enable Show Airport status in menu bar.  
2. Click the AirPort icon.  
3. Select Create Network….  
4. On the Computer to Computer dialog, click in the Name box and enter a new  
network name.  
For example you can type the name Mynetwork (or something more meaningful,  
such as your initials).  
Note Notice that the M in Mynetwork is uppercase (capital), and the rest  
of the letters are lowercase (small). This is important to remember in case  
you need to enter the SSID at a later time on the Wireless Setup Wizard.  
5. In the Channel box, use the default Automatic setting.  
6. Click Show Options.  
7. To enable encryption for security, select the Encryption check box.  
8. In the Password box, type a password that has exactly 5 or exactly 13  
alphanumeric (ASCII) characters. For example, if you enter 5 characters, you  
66  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
might enter ABCDE or 12345. Or, if you enter 13 characters, you might enter  
ABCDEF1234567.  
Alternatively, you can use HEX (hexadecimal) characters for the password. A  
HEX password must be 10 characters for 40 bit encryption, or 26 characters for  
128 bit encryption. For definitions of ASCII and HEX, see the Network Glossary in  
the onscreen HP Image Zone Help that came with your HP All-in-One. For  
information on using the onscreen HP Image Zone Help, see Use the onscreen  
Help.  
9. In the Confirm box, type the same password.  
10. Write down your password, which on your HP All-in-One is called a WEP key.  
You will need your WEP key when run the Wireless Setup Wizard.  
11. Click OK.  
12. Go to your HP All-in-One and use the Wireless Setup Wizard to connect your  
HP All-in-One to the wireless network. See Connect to a wireless ad hoc network.  
Create a network profile for other operating systems  
If you have an operating system other than Windows XP or Mac OS X, HP  
recommends that you use the configuration program that came with your wireless  
LAN card. To find the configuration program for your wireless LAN card, access your  
computer's list of programs.  
Using the LAN card configuration program, create a network profile that has the  
following values:  
Network name (SSID): Mynetwork  
Communication mode: Ad Hoc  
Encryption: enabled  
Note You should create a network name that is not the same as the  
example shown here, such as your initials. Just remember that the  
network name is case-sensitive. Therefore, you must remember which  
letters are uppercase and lowercase.  
Connect to a wireless ad hoc network  
For both Windows and Mac computers, you can use the Wireless Setup Wizard to  
connect your HP All-in-One to a wireless ad hoc network.  
1. On the control panel of your HP All-in-One, press the Setup button.  
2. Press  
The Network Menu appears.  
3. Press 4.  
until Network is highlighted, then press OK.  
This runs the Wireless Setup Wizard. The setup wizard searches for available  
networks, and then displays a list of detected network names (SSIDs). If more  
than one network appears, the infrastructure networks appear at the top of the  
list, the ad hoc networks at the bottom.  
4. On the color graphics display, look for the network name you created on your  
computer (for example, Mynetwork).  
5. Use the arrow buttons to highlight the network name, and then press OK.  
If you found your network name and selected it, go on to step 6. However, if you  
do not see your network name in the list, do the following:  
User Guide  
67  
     
Chapter 4  
a. Select Enter a New Network Name (SSID).  
The visual keyboard appears.  
b. Enter the SSID. Use the arrow buttons on the HP All-in-One control panel to  
highlight a letter or number on the visual keyboard, and then press OK to  
select it.  
Note You must enter the exact uppercase (capital) and lowercase  
(small) letters. Otherwise, the wireless connection will fail.  
For more information on using the visual keyboard, see Enter text using the  
c. When you are finished entering the new SSID, use the arrow buttons to  
highlight Done on the visual keyboard, and then press OK.  
d. Press 2 to select ad hoc mode.  
e. Press 2 to select Yes, my network uses WEP encryption and display the  
visual keyboard.  
If you do not want to use WEP encryption, press 1 to select No, my network  
does not use encryption, and then go to step 7.  
6. If you have a WEP key, do the following steps. Otherwise go to step 7.  
a. Use the arrow buttons to highlight a letter or number on the visual keyboard,  
and then press OK to select it.  
Note You must enter the exact uppercase (capital) and lowercase  
(small) letters. Otherwise, the wireless connection will fail.  
If a message says you entered an invalid WEP key, check the key you wrote  
down for your new network, and then re-enter the WEP key.  
b. When you are finished entering the WEP key, use the arrow buttons to  
highlight Done on the visual keyboard.  
7. Press OK again to confirm.  
The HP All-in-One will attempt to connect to the SSID. If the connection fails,  
follow the prompts to correct the WEP key, and then try again.  
8. When the HP All-in-One connects successfully to the network, go to your  
computer to install the software. See Install the software for a network connection.  
Note If you encounter a problem, please see Network troubleshooting.  
Wired network setup  
Use this section to connect your HP All-in-One to a router, switch, or access point  
using an Ethernet cable. This is known as a wired or Ethernet network. A wired  
network is fast, reliable, and secure.  
68  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
   
To set up your HP All-in-One on a wired network, you need to do the following:  
First, collect all of the required materials, as explained in the next section, What  
Next, connect your HP All-in-One to the router, switch, or wireless access point.  
Finally, install the software, as explained in Install the software for a network  
What you need for a wired network  
A functional Ethernet network that includes an Ethernet router, switch, or a  
wireless access point with Ethernet ports.  
CAT-5 Ethernet cable.  
Although standard Ethernet cables look similar to standard telephone cables,  
they are not interchangeable. There is a different number of wires in each one,  
and each has a different connector. An Ethernet cable connector (also called an  
RJ-45 connector) is wider and thicker and always has 8 contacts on the end. A  
phone connector has between 2 and 6 contacts.  
A desktop computer or laptop with either a wired or wireless connection to the  
router or access point.  
Note The HP All-in-One supports both 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps Ethernet  
networks. If you are purchasing, or have purchased, a network interface  
card (NIC), make sure it can operate at either speed.  
HP recommends Broadband Internet access such as cable or DSL. Broadband  
Internet access is required if you want to access HP Instant Share directly from  
the device. For more information on HP Instant Share, see Share your images  
User Guide  
69  
       
Chapter 4  
Connect your HP All-in-One to the network  
An Ethernet port is provided on the back of your HP All-in-One.  
1. Remove the yellow plug from the back of the HP All-in-One.  
2. Connect the Ethernet cable to the Ethernet port on the back of your HP All-in-One.  
3. Connect the other end of the Ethernet cable to an available port on your Ethernet  
router, switch, or wireless access point.  
4. Once you have connected the HP All-in-One to the network, go to your computer  
to install the software. See Install the software for a network connection.  
Install the software for a network connection  
Use this section to install your HP All-in-One software on a Windows or Mac computer  
connected to a network. Before you install the software, make sure you have  
connected your HP All-in-One as described in Wireless infrastructure network setup,  
Note 1 If your computer is configured to connect to a series of network drives,  
make sure that your computer is currently connected to these drives before  
installing the software. Otherwise, HP All-in-One installation software might  
take one of the reserved drive letters, and you will not be able to access that  
network drive on your computer.  
70  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
       
Note 2 Installation time can range from 20 to 45 minutes depending on your  
operating system, the amount of available space, and the processor speed of  
your computer.  
See the instructions below for your Windows or Mac computer.  
To install the Windows HP All-in-One software  
Note The following instructions are for Windows computers only.  
1. Quit all applications running on your computer, and any firewall or virus detection  
software.  
2. Insert the Windows CD that came with your HP All-in-One into the CD-ROM drive  
on your computer and follow the onscreen instructions.  
3. If the following dialog boxes appear, respond as follows:  
Issues Stopping Installation: a firewall is running that might interfere with  
the HP Software Installation. For best results temporarily disable the firewall  
during installation. See your firewall documentation for instructions. After the  
installation is complete you can re-enable the firewall.  
Notice about Firewalls: the Microsoft Internet Connection Firewall is  
enabled. Click Next to allow the Setup program to open the necessary ports  
and continue with the installation. If a Windows Security Alert appears for a  
program published by Hewlett-Packard, please unblock this program.  
4. On the Connection Type screen, select Through the network, and then click  
Next.  
The Searching screen appears as the Setup program searches for your HP All-in-  
One on the network.  
5.  
On the Printer Found screen, verify that the printer description is correct.  
If more than one printer is found on the network, the Printers Found screen  
appears. Select the device you want to connect.  
To see the device settings on your HP All-in-One:  
a. Go to the control panel on your device.  
b. Select View Network Settings on the Network Menu, and then select either  
Display Wired Summary or Display Wireless Summary depending on the  
network type.  
6. If the device description is correct, select Yes, install this printer.  
7. At the prompt, restart your computer to finish the installation process.  
When you have finished installing the software, your HP All-in-One is ready for  
service.  
8. If you disabled a firewall or virus detection software on your computer, make sure  
to enable it again.  
9. To test your network connection, go to your computer and print a self-test report  
to your HP All-in-One. For more information, see Print a self-test report.  
User Guide  
71  
 
Chapter 4  
To install the Mac HP All-in-One software  
Note The following instructions are for Mac computers only.  
1. Quit all applications running on your computer.  
2. Insert the Mac CD that came with your HP All-in-One into the CD-ROM drive on  
your computer.  
3. Double-click the HP All-in-One installer icon.  
4. On the Authentication screen, enter the Administrator password used to access  
your computer or network.  
The installer software looks for HP All-in-One devices, and then lists them.  
5. On the Select Device screen, select your HP All-in-One.  
6. Follow the onscreen instructions to complete all the installation steps, including  
the Setup Assistant.  
When you have finished installing the software, your HP All-in-One is ready for  
service.  
7. To test your network connection, go to your computer and print a self-test report  
to your HP All-in-One. For more information, see Print a self-test report.  
Connect to additional computers on a network  
You can connect your HP All-in-One to more than one computer on a small network of  
computers. If your HP All-in-One is already connected to a computer on a network, for  
each additional computer you must install the HP All-in-One software, as described in  
Install the software for a network connection. During installation of a wireless  
connection, the software will discover the SSID (network name) of the existing  
network. Once you have set up your HP All-in-One on the network you will not need to  
configure it again when you add additional computers.  
Note You can have both a wired or wireless connection and a USB  
connection to your HP All-in-One. However, you cannot have both a wired and  
a wireless connection to the same HP All-in-One.  
Change the HP All-in-One from a USB connection to a  
network connection  
If you first install your HP All-in-One with a USB connection, you can later change to  
either a wireless or Ethernet network connection. If you already understand how to  
connect to a network, you can use the general directions below. For more detailed  
instructions on connecting a HP All-in-One to a network, see Wireless infrastructure  
Note For optimal performance and security in your wireless network, use an  
access point (such as a wireless router) to connect your HP All-in-One.  
To change a USB connection to a wireless connection  
1. Unplug the USB connection from the back of your HP All-in-One.  
2. Press Setup on the control panel of your HP All-in-One.  
72  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
       
The Setup Menu appears.  
3. Press until Network is highlighted, then press OK.  
The Network Menu appears.  
4. Press 4.  
This runs the Wireless Setup Wizard. For more information, see Connect to a  
5. Run the installation CD, then choose the network installation. For more  
6. (Windows only) When the installation is complete, open Printers and Faxes in  
the Control Panel and delete the printers for the USB installation.  
To change a USB connection to a wired (Ethernet) connection  
1. Unplug the USB connection from the back of your HP All-in-One.  
2. Connect an Ethernet cable from the Ethernet port on the back of the HP All-in-  
One to an available Ethernet port on the router, switch, or access point.  
3. Run the installation CD, then choose the network installation. For more  
4. (Windows only) When the installation is complete, open Printers and Faxes in  
the Control Panel and delete the printers for the USB installation.  
Manage your network settings  
You can manage network settings for the HP All-in-One through the HP All-in-One  
control panel as described in the next section. Additional advanced settings are  
available in the Embedded Web Server, a configuration and status tool you access  
from your Web browser using an existing network connection to the HP All-in-One.  
For more information, see Use the Embedded Web Server.  
Change basic network settings from the control panel  
The HP All-in-One control panel enables you to set up and manage a wireless  
connection and to perform a variety of network management tasks. This includes  
viewing the network settings, restoring the network defaults, turning the wireless radio  
on and off, and changing the network settings.  
Use the Wireless Setup Wizard  
The Wireless Setup Wizard provides an easy way to set up and manage a wireless  
connection to your HP All-in-One. For more information on setting up a wireless  
1. Press Setup.  
2. Press  
The Network Menu appears.  
3. Press 4.  
This selects Wireless Setup Wizard.  
until Network is highlighted, then press OK.  
User Guide  
73  
     
Chapter 4  
View and print network settings  
You can display a summary of the network settings on the HP All-in-One control  
panel, or you can print a more detailed configuration page. The network configuration  
page lists all of the important network settings such as the IP address, link speed,  
DNS, and mDNS. For information on the network settings, see Network configuration  
1. Press Setup.  
2. Press  
The Network Menu appears.  
3. Do one of the following:  
until Network is highlighted, then press OK.  
To display wired network settings, press 1, then press 2.  
This selects Display Summary and then displays a summary of the wired  
(Ethernet) network settings.  
To display wireless network settings, press 1, then press 3.  
This selects Display Wireless Summary and then displays a summary of  
the wireless network settings.  
To print the network configuration page, press 1, then press 1 again.  
This selects View Network Settings and then prints the network  
configuration page.  
Restore network defaults  
You can reset the network settings to what they were when you purchased your  
HP All-in-One.  
Caution This will erase all wireless setup information that you have entered.  
In order to restore this information, you will need to run the Wireless Setup  
Wizard again.  
1. Press Setup.  
2. Press  
until Network is highlighted, then press OK.  
The Network Menu appears.  
3. Press 2, and then press 1 or OK to confirm.  
This selects Restore Network Defaults.  
Turn the wireless radio on and off  
The wireless radio is on by default, as indicated by the blue light on the front of the  
HP All-in-One. In order to stay connected to a wireless network, the radio must stay  
on. However, if your HP All-in-One is connected to a wired network or you have a  
USB connection, the radio is not used. In this case you might want to turn the radio off.  
1. Press Setup.  
2. Press until Network is highlighted, then press OK.  
The Network Menu appears.  
3. Press 5, then press 1 to turn the radio on, or press 2 to turn the radio off.  
This displays the Wireless Radio menu and then turns the radio on or off.  
74  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
   
Change advanced network settings from the control panel settings  
The advanced network settings are provided for your convenience. However, unless  
you are an advanced user, you should not change any of these settings. The  
advanced settings include Link Speed, IP Settings, and Memory Card Security.  
Set link speed  
You can change the speed at which data is transmitted over the network. The default  
is Automatic.  
1. Press Setup.  
2. Press until Network is highlighted, then press OK.  
The Network Menu appears.  
3. Press 3, then press 1.  
This selects Advanced Setup and then displays the Link Speed screen.  
4. Press the number next to the link speed that matches your network hardware:  
1. Automatic  
2. 10-Full  
3. 10-Half  
4. 100-Full  
5. 100-Half  
Change IP settings  
The default IP setting for the IP settings is Automatic, which sets the IP settings  
automatically. However, if you are an advanced user, you might want to manually  
change the IP address, subnet mask, or the default gateway. To see the IP address  
and subnet mask of your HP All-in-One, print a network configuration page from your  
HP All-in-One. For more information on printing a configuration page, see View and  
print network settings. For a description of the items on the configuration page,  
including the IP address and subnet mask, see Network configuration page definitions.  
Caution Be careful when manually assigning an IP address. If you enter an  
invalid IP address during the installation, your network components will not be  
able to connect with the HP All-in-One.  
1. Press Setup.  
2. Press  
until Network is highlighted, then press OK.  
The Network Menu appears.  
3. Press 3, press 2, and then press 2 again.  
This selects Advanced Setup, then IP Settings, and then displays the Manual  
IP Settings screen.  
4. Press the number next to the IP setting:  
1. IP Address  
2. Subnet Mask  
3. Default Gateway  
5. Enter your changes, then press OK when done.  
User Guide  
75  
     
Chapter 4  
Change memory card or storage device security  
The Memory Card Security option on the Advanced Setup menu enables you to set  
the HP All-in-One so that it does not share memory card (and other storage device)  
data with computers on a wireless network. However, we do not recommend this  
security method for your memory card because it prevents you from accessing your  
memory card from your computer. Also, this feature does not work on an Ethernet  
network or a USB connection. All computers on an Ethernet network can access the  
memory card on a HP All-in-One connected to the network.  
If you want security for your memory card, HP recommends using WEP or WPA-PSK  
security on your network. To change the security settings for your network, you can  
use the Embedded Web Server that came with your HP All-in-One. For information,  
see Use the Embedded Web Server. In addition, see the documentation that came  
with your access point.  
Use the Embedded Web Server  
If your computer is connected to an HP All-in-One on a network, you can access the  
Embedded Web Server that resides in the HP All-in-One. The Embedded Web Server  
is a web-based user interface that provides some options not available on the HP All-  
in-One control panel, including advanced network security options. Also, the  
Embedded Web Server enables you to monitor status and order printer supplies.  
For information on how to use the features available in the Embedded Web Server,  
see the onscreen help within the Embedded Web Server. To access Embedded Web  
Server help, open the Embedded Web Server, then click the Help link under Other  
Links on the Embedded Web Server Home tab.  
Note Only use the Embedded Web Server to change network settings if you  
cannot access the HP All-in-One control panel, or you need to change an  
advanced option not available on the control panel.  
Access the Embedded Web Server  
You can only access the Embedded Web Server on a computer connected to an  
HP All-in-One on a network.  
1. Press Setup.  
2. Press  
until Network is highlighted, then press OK.  
The Network Menu appears.  
3. Press 1, then press 1 again.  
This selects the Network Settings menu and then prints a configuration page for  
your HP All-in-One, including the IP address. You will use the IP address in the  
next step.  
4. In the Address box in your Web browser on your computer, type the IP address  
of the HP All-in-One, as shown on the network configuration page. For example,  
http://192.168.1.101.  
The Embedded Web Server Home page appears, showing information for the  
HP All-in-One.  
76  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
       
Note If you are using a proxy server in your browser, you might need to  
disable it to access the Embedded Web Server.  
5. If you need to change the language displayed in the Embedded Web Server, do  
the following:  
a. Click the Settings tab.  
b. Click Select Language in the Settings navigation menu.  
c. In the Select Language list, click the appropriate language.  
d. Click Apply.  
6. Click the Home tab to access device and network information, or click the  
Networking tab to access more network information or to modify network  
information.  
7. Make any configuration changes.  
For more information see Use the Embedded Web Server setup wizard.  
8. Close the Embedded Web Server.  
Use the Embedded Web Server setup wizard  
The network setup wizard provided in the Embedded Web Server gives you an  
intuitive interface to your network connection parameters. For more information on  
how to open the Embedded Web Server, see Access the Embedded Web Server.  
1. Click the Networking tab.  
2. Click Wired (802.3) or Wireless (802.11) in the Connections navigation menu.  
3. Click Start Wizard, and then follow all of the wizard instructions.  
Network configuration page definitions  
The configuration page shows the network settings for the HP All-in-One. There are  
settings for general information, 802.3 wired (Ethernet), 802.11 wireless, and Bluetooth®.  
For information on how to print a network configuration page, see View and print  
network settings. For additional information on terms used here, see the Network  
Glossary in the onscreen HP Image Zone Help that came with your HP All-in-One.  
For information on using the onscreen HP Image Zone Help, see Use the onscreen  
Help.  
User Guide  
77  
     
Chapter 4  
General network settings  
The following table describes the general network settings shown on the network  
configuration page.  
Parameter  
Description  
Status of the HP All-in-One:  
Network Status  
Ready: The HP All-in-One is ready to receive or transmit data.  
Offline: The HP All-in-One is not currently connected to the  
network.  
Active  
Network mode of the HP All-in-One:  
connection type  
Wired: The HP All-in-One is connected by Ethernet cable to  
an IEEE 802.3 network.  
Wireless: The HP All-in-One is connected wirelessly to an  
IEEE 802.11b or g network.  
None: There is no network connection.  
Note Only one connection type can be active at a time.  
The IP address of the Embedded Web Server.  
URL  
Note You will need to know this URL when you try to access the  
Embedded Web Server.  
Firmware  
Revision  
The internal networking component and device firmware revision  
code.  
Note If you call HP Support, depending on the problem, you  
might be asked to provide the firmware revision code.  
The TCP/IP name assigned by the installation software to the  
device. By default, this is the letters HP followed by the last 6  
digits of the Media Access Control (MAC) address.  
Hostname  
Admin  
Password  
Status of the administrator's password for the Embedded Web  
Server:  
Set: Password is specified. You must enter the password to  
make changes to the Embedded Web Server parameters.  
Not Set: No password is set. A password is not required for  
making changes to the Embedded Web Server parameters.  
Rendezvous is used with local and ad hoc networks that don't use  
central DNS servers. To perform name services, Rendezvous  
uses a DNS alternative called mDNS.  
mDNS  
With mDNS, your computer can find and use any HP All-in-One  
connected to your local area network. It can also work with any  
other Ethernet-enabled device that appears on the network.  
78  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
               
Wired (802.3) network settings  
The following table describes the 802.3 wired settings shown on the network  
configuration page.  
Parameter  
Description  
Hardware  
Address (MAC)  
The Media Access Control (MAC) address that identifies the  
HP All-in-One. This is a unique 12-digit identification number  
assigned to networking hardware for identification, including  
routers, switches, and other such devices. No two pieces of  
hardware have the same MAC address.  
Note Some Internet service providers (ISPs) require that you  
register the MAC address of the Network Card or LAN Adapter  
that was connected to your cable or DSL modem during  
installation.  
This address uniquely identifies the device on the network. IP  
addresses are assigned dynamically through DHCP or AutoIP.  
You can also set up a static IP address, though this is not  
recommended.  
IP Address  
Caution Be careful when manually assigning an IP address. An  
invalid IP address during installation will prevent your network  
components from seeing the HP All-in-One.  
Subnet Mask  
A subnet is an IP address assigned by the installation software to  
make an additional network available as part of a larger network.  
Subnets are specified by a subnet mask. This mask determines  
which of the HP All-in-One IP address bits identify the network  
and subnet, and which bits identify the device itself.  
Note It is recommended that the HP All-in-One and the  
computers that use it all reside on the same subnet.  
Default  
Gateway  
A node on a network that serves as an entrance to another  
network. A node in this instance can be a computer or some other  
device.  
Note The address of the default gateway is assigned by the  
installation software.  
Configuration  
Source  
The protocol used to assign the IP address to the HP All-in-One:  
AutoIP: The installation software automatically determines  
the configuration parameters.  
DHCP: The configuration parameters are supplied by a  
dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) server on the  
network. On small networks, this could be a router.  
Manual: The configuration parameters are set manually, such  
as a static IP address.  
Not Specified: The mode used when the HP All-in-One is  
initializing.  
User Guide  
79  
           
Chapter 4  
(continued)  
Parameter  
Description  
The IP address of the domain name service (DNS) for the  
network. When you use the web or send an e-mail message, you  
use a domain name to do it. For example, the URL http://  
www.hp.com contains the domain name hp.com. The DNS on the  
Internet translates the domain name into an IP address. Devices  
use the IP addresses to refer to one another.  
DNS server  
IP Address: The IP address of the domain name server.  
Not Specified: The IP address is not specified, or the device  
is initializing.  
Note Check to see if a DNS IP address appears on the network  
configuration page. If no address is shown, obtain the DNS IP  
address from your Internet service provider (ISP).  
Link  
The speed at which data is transmitted over a network:  
Configuration  
10TX-Full: For wired network.  
10TX-Half: For wired network.  
100TX-Full: For wired network.  
100TX-Half: For wired network.  
None: Networking is disabled.  
Total Packets  
transmitted  
The number of packets transmitted by the HP All-in-One without  
error since it has been turned on. The counter clears after the  
HP All-in-One is turned off. When a message is transmitted over a  
packet-switching network, it is broken up into packets. Each  
packet contains the destination address as well as the data.  
Total Packets  
received  
The number of packets received by the HP All-in-One without  
error since it has been turned on. The counter clears after the  
HP All-in-One is turned off.  
Wireless (802.11) network settings  
The following table describes the 802.11 wireless settings shown on the network  
configuration page.  
Parameter  
Description  
Hardware  
Address (MAC)  
The Media Access Control (MAC) address that identifies the  
HP All-in-One. This is a unique 12-digit identification number  
assigned to networking hardware for identification, including  
wireless access points, routers, and other such devices. No two  
pieces of hardware have the same MAC address.  
Note Some Internet service providers (ISPs) require that you  
register the MAC address of the Network Card or LAN Adapter  
that was connected to your cable or DSL modem during  
installation.  
80  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
           
(continued)  
Parameter  
Description  
This address uniquely identifies the device on the network. IP  
addresses are assigned dynamically through DHCP or AutoIP.  
You can also set up a static IP address, though this is not  
recommended.  
IP Address  
Note Manually assigning an invalid IP address during  
installation will prevent your network components from seeing the  
HP All-in-One.  
A subnet is an IP address assigned by the installation software to  
make an additional network available as part of a larger network.  
Subnets are specified by a subnet mask. This mask determines  
which of the HP All-in-One IP address bits identify the network  
and subnet, and which bits identify the device itself.  
Subnet Mask  
Note It is recommended that the HP All-in-One and the  
computers that use it all reside on the same subnet.  
Default  
Gateway  
A node on a network that serves as an entrance to another  
network. A node in this instance can be a computer or some other  
device.  
Note The address of the default gateway is assigned by the  
installation software.  
Configuration  
Source  
The protocol used to assign the IP address to the HP All-in-One:  
AutoIP: The installation software automatically determines  
the configuration parameters.  
DHCP: The configuration parameters are supplied by a  
dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) server on the  
network. On small networks, this could be a router.  
Manual: The configuration parameters are set manually, such  
as a static IP address.  
Not Specified: The mode used when the HP All-in-One is  
initializing.  
The IP address of the domain name service (DNS) for the  
network. When you use the web or send an e-mail message, you  
use a domain name to do it. For example, the URL http://  
www.hp.com contains the domain name hp.com. The DNS on the  
Internet translates the domain name into an IP address. Devices  
use the IP addresses to refer to one another.  
DNS server  
IP Address: The IP address of the domain name server.  
Not Specified: The IP address is not specified, or the device  
is initializing.  
Note Check to see if a DNS IP address appears on the network  
configuration page. If no address is shown, obtain the DNS IP  
address from your Internet service provider (ISP).  
User Guide  
81  
         
Chapter 4  
(continued)  
Parameter  
Description  
Status of the wireless network:  
Wireless Status  
Connected: The HP All-in-One is connected to a wireless  
LAN and everything is working.  
Disconnected: The HP All-in-One is not connected to the  
wireless LAN due to incorrect settings (such as the wrong  
WEP key), the HP All-in-One is out of range, or an Ethernet  
cable is plugged in and connected to an active network.  
Disabled: The radio is turned off.  
Not applicable: This parameter does not apply to this  
network type.  
Communication An IEEE 802.11 networking framework in which devices or  
stations communicate with each other:  
Mode  
Infrastructure: The HP All-in-One communicates with other  
network devices through a wireless access point, such as a  
wireless router or base station.  
Ad hoc: The HP All-in-One communicates directly with each  
device on the network. No wireless access point is used. This  
is also called a peer-to-peer network. On Macs, ad hoc mode  
is called computer-to-computer mode.  
Not applicable: This parameter does not apply to this  
network type.  
Network Name Service Set Identifier. A unique identifier (up to 32 characters) that  
differentiates one wireless local area network (WLAN) from  
another. The SSID is also referred to as the network name. This is  
the name of the network to which the HP All-in-One is connected.  
(SSID)  
Signal  
The transmitting or return signal graded on a scale of 1 to 5:  
Strength (1-5)  
5: Excellent  
4: Good  
3: Fair  
2: Poor  
1: Marginal  
No signal: No signal detected on the network.  
Not applicable: This parameter does not apply to this  
network type.  
82  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
       
(continued)  
Parameter  
Description  
The channel number currently being used for wireless  
Channel  
communication. This depends on the network in use, and might  
differ from the requested channel number. Value is from 1 to 14;  
countries/regions might limit the range of approved channels.  
(number): Value ranging from 1 to 14, depending on country/  
region.  
None: No channel is in use.  
Not Applicable: The WLAN is disabled or this parameter  
does not apply to this network type.  
Note In ad hoc mode, if you are not able to receive or transmit  
data between your computer and the HP All-in-One, make sure  
that you are using the same communication channel on your  
computer and the HP All-in-One. In infrastructure mode, the  
channel is dictated by the access point.  
Authentication  
type  
Type of authentication in use:  
None: No authentication in use.  
Open System (ad hoc and infrastructure): No authentication  
Shared Key (infrastructure only): WEP key is required.  
WPA-PSK (infrastructure only): WPA with Pre-Shared Key.  
Not applicable: This parameter does not apply to this  
network type.  
Authentication verifies the identity of a user or device before  
granting access to the network, making it more difficult for  
unauthorized users to access network resources. This security  
method is common on wireless networks.  
A network using Open System authentication does not screen  
network users based on their identities. Any wireless user can  
have access from the network. However, such a network might  
use WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy) encryption to provide a first  
level of security against casual eavesdroppers.  
A network using Shared Key authentication provides increased  
security by requiring users or devices to identify themselves with a  
static key (a hexadecimal or alphanumeric string). Every user or  
device on the network shares the same key. WEP encryption is  
used along with shared key authentication, using the same key for  
both authentication and encryption.  
A network using server-based (WPA-PSK) authentication  
provides significantly stronger security, and is supported in most  
wireless access points and wireless routers. The access point or  
router verifies the identity of a user or device requesting access to  
the network before granting that access. Several different  
authentication protocols might be used on an authentication server.  
User Guide  
83  
   
Chapter 4  
(continued)  
Parameter  
Description  
The type of encryption in use on the network:  
Encryption  
None: No encryption is in use.  
64-bit WEP: A 5-character or 10-hex-digit WEP key is in use.  
128-bit WEP: A 13-character or 26-hex-digit WEP key is in  
use.  
WPA-AES: Advanced Encryption Standard encryption is in  
use. This is an encryption algorithm for securing sensitive but  
unclassified material by US Government agencies.  
WPA-TKIP: Temporal Key Integrity Protocol, an advanced  
encryption protocol, is in use.  
Automatic: AES or TKIP is in use.  
Not applicable: This parameter does not apply to this  
network type.  
WEP aims to provide security by encrypting data over radio waves  
so that it is protected as it is transmitted from one end point to  
another. This security method is common on wireless networks.  
Access Point  
HW Address  
The hardware address of the access point on the network to  
which the HP All-in-One is connected:  
(MAC address): The unique MAC (Media Access Control)  
hardware address of the access point.  
Not applicable: This parameter does not apply to this  
network type.  
Total Packets  
transmitted  
The number of packets transmitted by the HP All-in-One without  
error since it has been turned on. The counter clears after the  
HP All-in-One is turned off. When a message is transmitted over a  
packet-switching network, it is broken up into packets. Each  
packet contains the destination address as well as the data.  
Total Packets  
received  
The number of packets received by the HP All-in-One without  
error since it has been turned on. The counter clears after the  
HP All-in-One is turned off.  
Bluetooth settings  
The following table describes the Bluetooth settings shown on the network  
configuration page.  
Parameter  
Description  
The hardware address of the Bluetooth device.  
Device Address  
Device Name  
The device name assigned to the printer, which can identify it on a  
Bluetooth device.  
A value that the user must enter in order to print via Bluetooth.  
Passkey  
84  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
               
(continued)  
Parameter  
Description  
Shows whether or not the HP All-in-One is visible to Bluetooth  
devices that are within range.  
Visibility  
Visible to all: Any Bluetooth device within range can print to  
the HP All-in-One.  
Not visible: Only Bluetooth devices that have stored the  
device address of the HP All-in-One can print to it.  
The level of security set for an HP All-in-One connected by  
Bluetooth.  
Security  
Low: The HP All-in-One does not require a passkey. Any  
Bluetooth device within range can print to it.  
High: The HP All-in-One requires a passkey from the  
Bluetooth device before allowing the device to send a print  
job to it.  
Network troubleshooting  
This section addresses problems you might encounter while setting up a network.  
For wireless setup issues using SecureEZ Setup or Windows Connect Now  
Wireless Setup Wizard troubleshooting  
This section addresses problems you might encounter setting up a network using the  
Wireless Setup Wizard from the control panel on the front of the HP All-in-One.  
You don't see the SSID  
Your access point is not broadcasting its network name (SSID).  
Use the Enter a New Network Name (SSID) option in the Wireless Setup Wizard.  
For more information, see Connect to a wireless infrastructure network. Also, see  
the user guide that came with your access point and check the access point settings.  
The access point (infrastructure) or computer (ad hoc) is out of range.  
In order to establish a good signal between the HP All-in-One and access point  
(infrastructure) or computer (ad hoc), you might have to experiment a bit. Assuming  
the equipment is functioning properly, try doing the following things separately or in  
combination:  
If there is a long distance between your computer or access point and the  
HP All-in-One, move them closer together.  
If there are metal objects (such as a metal bookcase or refrigerator) in the  
transmission path, clear the path between the HP All-in-One and the computer  
or access point.  
If a cordless telephone, microwave, or other device that emits radio signals  
transmitting at 2.4 GHz is nearby, move it farther away to reduce radio  
interference.  
User Guide  
85  
         
Chapter 4  
(continued)  
You don't see the SSID  
The SSID is out of sight at the bottom of the list.  
Press  
to scroll to the bottom of the list. Infrastructure entries are listed first, ad  
hoc last.  
The access point firmware needs updating.  
Check for firmware updates for your access point on the manufacturer's website.  
Update the firmware on the access point.  
Your wireless adapter on your computer is not broadcasting the SSID (ad hoc).  
Verify that the wireless adapter is broadcasting the SSID. Print a network  
configuration page from your HP All-in-One (see View and print network settings),  
and verify that the SSID for the wireless adapter appears on the network  
configuration page. If the wireless adapter is not broadcasting the SSID, see the  
documentation that came with your computer.  
The firmware for the wireless adapter on your computer needs updating (ad hoc).  
Check for firmware updates for your wireless adapter on the manufacturer's  
website, and then update the firmware.  
MAC filtering is enabled on your access point.  
Keep MAC filtering enabled, but change the settings to allow the access point to  
communicate with your HP All-in-One.  
An Ethernet cable is connected to the HP All-in-One.  
When an Ethernet cable is plugged into the HP All-in-One, the wireless radio turns  
off. Unplug the Ethernet cable.  
Error message: Cannot connect to network  
The equipment is not turned on.  
Turn on the networked devices, such as the access point for an infrastructure  
network, or the computer for an ad hoc network. For more information on how to  
turn on the access point, see the documentation that came with your access point.  
The HP All-in-One is not receiving a signal.  
Move the access point and the HP All-in-One closer together. Then run the HP All-  
in-One Wireless Setup Wizard again. For information on the Wireless Setup Wizard,  
You have entered the SSID incorrectly.  
Enter the SSID correctly. Remember that the SSID is case-sensitive. For more  
information on how to enter the SSID, see Connect to a wireless infrastructure  
You entered the wrong mode (ad hoc or infrastructure) or security type. For more  
information on ad hoc and infrastructure networks, see Connect to a wireless  
86  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
 
(continued)  
Error message: Cannot connect to network  
Enter the correct mode or security type.  
MAC filtering is enabled on your access point.  
Keep MAC filtering enabled, but change the settings to allow the access point to  
communicate with your HP All-in-One.  
Error message: Cannot connect to network. Unsupported authentication or  
encryption type.  
Your network is configured with an authentication protocol not supported by the  
installation software.  
Use one of the supported protocol types listed in the Embedded Web Server. Types  
not supported include: LEAP, PEAP, EAP-MD5, EAP-TLS, or EAP-TTLS. For more  
information, see Use the Embedded Web Server.  
Error message: Invalid WEP Key  
An invalid WEP key was entered.  
If you do not know the WEP key, see the documentation that came with your access  
point. The WEP key is stored within the access point. Usually you can find the WEP  
key by logging on to the access point through your computer.  
Error message: Invalid passphrase  
You have entered the WPA passphrase incorrectly.  
Enter the correct passphrase, making sure it has between 8 and 63 characters.  
SecureEZ Setup or Windows Connect Now setup errors  
This section addresses error messages you might encounter setting up a network  
using SecureEZ Setup or Windows Connect Now Technology (Windows XP Service  
Pack 2) with the Wireless Setup Wizard.  
Error message: The access point timed out before a connection could be made  
Your access point allows only a limited amount of time for you complete the setup.  
Start the setup process again and make sure to complete the setup in the time  
allowed.  
Error message: More than 1 SecureEZ Setup access point found  
Someone else in the vicinity is also using SecureEZ Setup to set up a device.  
Cancel the setup and start over.  
User Guide  
87  
           
Chapter 4  
Error message: Another device connected to the access point before your  
device tried connecting  
Another device in the vicinity connected to your access point before your HP All-in-  
One was able to connect.  
Cancel the setup and start over.  
Error message: Low signal  
The access point is too far away or there is interference.  
In order to establish a good signal between the HP All-in-One and access point, you  
might have to experiment a bit. Assuming the equipment is functioning properly, try  
doing the following things separately or in combination:  
If there is a long distance between your computer or access point and the  
HP All-in-One, move them closer together.  
If there are metal objects (such as a metal bookcase or refrigerator) in the  
transmission path, clear the path between the HP All-in-One and the computer  
or access point.  
If a cordless telephone, microwave, or other device that emits radio signals  
transmitting at 2.4 GHz is nearby, move it farther away to reduce radio  
interference.  
Error message: Problem with wireless settings on memory device  
The HP All-in-One is not able to read the memory card or storage device.  
Try a different storage device, or connect using the Wireless Setup Wizard.  
Network software installation troubleshooting  
This section addresses network setup problems you might encounter after  
establishing the network connection, inserting the CD and starting the software  
installation.  
I received a System Requirements Error: No TCP/IP  
Your Local Area Network (LAN) card (NIC) is not installed properly.  
Make sure your LAN card is installed properly and set up for TCP/IP. See the  
instructions that came with your LAN card.  
The Printer Not Found screen appears during installation  
A firewall is preventing the HP All-in-One from accessing your computer.  
Temporarily disable the firewall, and uninstall and then reinstall the HP All-in-One  
software. You can re-enable your firewall program after installation is complete. If  
you see firewall pop-up messages, you must accept or allow the pop-up messages.  
For more information, see the documentation provided with the firewall software.  
88  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
           
(continued)  
The Printer Not Found screen appears during installation  
A Virtual Private Network (VPN) is preventing the HP All-in-One from accessing  
your computer.  
Try temporarily disabling the VPN before proceeding with the installation.  
Note The HP All-in-One functionality will be limited during VPN sessions.  
The software failed to find the HP All-in-One.  
Use the installation software to specify the HP All-in-One by its IP address as follows:  
On the Printer Not Found screen, click Next, and then follow the onscreen  
directions to search for the IP address of the HP All-in-One.  
If you need to determine the IP address of the HP All-in-One, see View and print  
The HP All-in-One is assigned an AutoIP address instead of DHCP. This indicates  
that the HP All-in-One is not connected properly to the network.  
Check the following:  
Make sure all cables are connected properly and securely.  
If the cables are connected properly, your access point, router, or home  
gateway might not be sending an address. If this is the case, you might need to  
reset the device.  
Make sure your HP All-in-One is on the correct network.  
The HP All-in-One is on the wrong subnet or gateway.  
Print a network configuration page, and verify that the router and HP All-in-One are  
on the same subnet and gateway. For more information, see View and print network  
The HP All-in-One is not turned on.  
Turn on the HP All-in-One.  
(Wireless) You do not have an active network connection.  
Make sure that you have an active network connection.  
To check your network connection  
1. Check the radio on indicator light on the front of your HP All-in-One to see  
whether the radio is on.  
2. If the wireless radio is on, check the color graphics display to see if the wireless  
network icon is active and has a strong signal. A blue icon indicates an active  
wireless network. Three or four signal bars indicates a strong signal. For more  
information, see Color graphics display icons.  
If the wireless network icon is not active, make sure all cable connections are  
secure. This includes connections from your cable or DSL modem, gateway, or  
router.  
3. If the indicator light is off, do the following:  
a. Press Setup.  
b. Press  
until Network is highlighted, then press OK.  
User Guide  
89  
Chapter 4  
(continued)  
The Printer Not Found screen appears during installation  
The Network Menu appears.  
c. Press 5, then press 1 to turn the radio on.  
4. If the radio is on, or goes on as a result of step 2, press the On button to turn  
off the HP All-in-One, and then press it again to turn it on. Also, turn off the  
power on your router and then turn it on again.  
(Wireless) There is radio interference.  
If there is a long distance between your computer and the HP All-in-One, move  
them closer together. If possible, provide a clear path between the computer and  
print server, and minimize sources of radio interference. Devices such as cordless  
phones and microwave ovens might also cause radio interference.  
(Wireless) AutoIP/DHCP has not finished running.  
It might take a few minutes for the wireless connection to reestablish. Wait five  
minutes and try again to make the network connection.  
(Wireless) The wrong network is selected.  
Print the network configuration page, and verify that the SSID matches the SSID of  
the access point. For more information, see View and print network settings. Also,  
make sure to change the SSID name of the access point to something other than  
the default name provided by the manufacturer.  
90  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
Load originals and load paper  
5
This chapter provides instructions for loading originals on the glass to copy, scan, or  
fax; choosing the best paper type for your job; loading paper in the main and photo  
trays; and avoiding paper jams.  
Load documents, photos, slides, and negatives  
You can load many different types and sizes of paper in your HP All-in-One, including  
letter or A4 paper, photo paper, transparencies, and envelopes. The HP All-in-One is  
set by default to detect the size and type of paper you load in the main tray  
automatically and then adjust its settings to generate the highest quality output for that  
paper.  
Load an original  
You can copy, scan, or fax originals up to 30.5 cm (12 inches) long by loading them  
on the glass. You should also follow these instructions when loading a proof sheet on  
the glass for photo printing.  
Note Many of the special features will not work correctly if the glass and lid  
backing are not clean. For more information, see Clean the HP All-in-One.  
To load an original on the glass  
1. Lift the lid and place your original print side down on the right front corner of the  
glass. Make sure that the original is flush against the edges of the glass.  
If you are loading a proof sheet, make sure the top of the proof sheet is lined up  
against the right and bottom edges of the glass.  
2. Close the lid.  
Load an original in the Slide and Negative Film holder  
You can scan 35 mm slides and negatives with your HP All-in-One using the Slide  
and Negative Film holder.  
User Guide  
91  
           
Chapter 5  
To load 35 mm negatives  
1. Raise the lid and remove the Slide and Negative Film holder and the lid backing.  
Set the lid backing aside where it will not get damaged or dirty.  
2. Unfold the holder so that the negative film portion is on top and the film opening is  
on the right side.  
3. Slide the negative film into the center of the holder so that the front of the image  
faces away from you and appears backward.  
4. Place the holder on the glass and match the bottom edge with the bottom edge of  
the glass. Then, match the right tab on the top half of the holder with the right  
edge of the glass.  
For information on scanning slides and negative film, see Scan slides or negative film.  
92  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
To load 35 mm slides  
Note The HP All-in-One does not support scanning negative film that is  
mounted as a slide in plastic or cardboard.  
1. Raise the lid and remove the Slide and Negative Film holder and the lid backing.  
Set the lid backing aside where it will not get damaged or dirty.  
2. Unfold the holder so that the half with four slide openings is on top.  
3. Place the holder on the glass and match the bottom edge with the bottom edge of  
the glass. Then, match the right tab on the top half of the holder with the right  
edge of the glass.  
4. Place the slide on the holder so that the front of the image faces down and  
appears backward. Gently press down until it snaps into place.  
Note The slide must snap into place for the image to scan properly. If the  
slide does not touch the glass the final scanned image might be blurry.  
Tip If the slide does not snap into place easily, try rotating it 180  
degrees. Some slides have a gap on one side that prevents them from  
fitting properly.  
User Guide  
93  
Chapter 5  
For more information on scanning slides and negative film, see Scan slides or  
Replace the Slide and Negative Film holder and the lid backing  
After you remove the slide or negative film, replace the holder and the lid backing in  
the lid.  
To replace the Slide and Negative Film holder and the lid backing  
1. Place the bottom tabs of the lid backing in the slots at the bottom of the lid.  
2. Rotate the lid backing up until the catch snaps firmly into place.  
3. Place the bottom notch of the Slide and Negative Film holder under the tab at the  
right bottom corner of the lid.  
4. Lift the spring-loaded catch so that it connects with the notch on the holder.  
94  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
 
Load an oversized original  
You can copy, scan, or fax oversized originals by completely removing the lid from  
your HP All-in-One. Your HP All-in-One functions normally with the lid removed.  
Tip When you copy oversized originals, place the lid over the original. This  
improves the quality of the copy and reduces ink use.  
To remove the lid  
1. If necessary, unplug the Slide and Negative light power cord and remove it from  
the cord clips on the back of the HP All-in-One.  
2. Lift the lid to the open position, grasp the sides of the lid, and then gently pull the  
lid upward until it stops.  
3. Press the hinge releases until the lid separates from the rest of the HP All-in-One.  
User Guide  
95  
 
Chapter 5  
4. When you finish copying, faxing, or scanning, replace the lid by inserting the tabs  
on the hinge back into the appropriate slots, and then reconnect the Slide and  
Negative light power cord. Replace the cord in the cord clips on the back of the  
HP All-in-One.  
Choose papers for printing and copying  
You can use many types and sizes of paper in your HP All-in-One. Review the  
following recommendations to get the best printing and copying quality. Whenever you  
change paper types or sizes, remember to change those settings.  
Recommended papers for printing and copying  
If you want the best print quality, HP recommends using HP papers that are  
specifically designed for the type of project you are printing. If you are printing photos,  
for example, use glossy or matte photo paper. If you are printing a brochure or  
presentation, use a type of paper specifically designed for that purpose.  
For more information about HP papers, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help, or go  
to:  
At this time, this portion of the site is available in English only.  
For support for the HP All-in-One, go to:  
To purchase HP papers, go to:  
Papers to avoid  
Using paper that is too thin, paper that has a slick texture, or paper that stretches  
easily can cause paper jams. Using paper that has a heavy texture or does not accept  
ink can cause printed images to smear, bleed, or not fill in completely.  
Depending on your country/region, some of these papers might not be available.  
96  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
     
HP does not recommend printing to the following papers:  
Paper with cutouts or perforations (unless specifically designed for use with  
HP inkjet devices).  
Highly textured stock, such as linen. It might not print evenly, and the ink can  
bleed into these papers.  
Extremely smooth, shiny, or coated papers not specifically designed for your  
HP All-in-One. They can jam the HP All-in-One or repel the ink.  
Multi-part forms, such as duplicate and triplicate forms. They can wrinkle or get  
stuck, and the ink is also more likely to smear.  
Envelopes with clasps or windows. They can get stuck in the rollers and cause  
paper jams.  
HP does not recommend copying to the following papers:  
Any size paper other than those listed in Technical information.  
Paper with cutouts or perforations (unless specifically designed for use with  
HP inkjet devices).  
Envelopes.  
Transparency film other than HP Premium Inkjet Transparency Film or  
HP Premium Plus Inkjet Transparency Film.  
Multiple-part forms or label stock.  
Select an input tray  
This section describes the procedure for choosing an input tray. The HP All-in-One  
has a main tray for full-size media and small media. It also has a photo tray for small  
media only.  
You can select an input tray at any time during the process of printing and copying.  
The main tray is the default input tray, but you can specifically select the photo tray  
using the Copy menu and Photo menu options or the Photo Tray button on the  
control panel.  
To select the photo tray after you adjust your settings in the Photo or Copy menu  
1. Adjust your Photo menu or Copy menu settings as needed.  
2. Press Photo Tray on the control panel to select the photo tray.  
The Photo Tray light turns on.  
3. Press Start Color or Start Black.  
To select input trays without adjusting any other settings  
1. Press Photo Tray on the control panel.  
The Select Function menu appears.  
2. Press 1 to select Copy, or press 2 to select Photo.  
Depending on which option you selected, the Tray Select menu option in the  
Copy menu or the Photo menu appears.  
3. Press  
or  
to select the tray you want to use, and then press OK.  
User Guide  
97  
   
Chapter 5  
If you selected the photo tray, the Photo Tray light turns on. If you selected the  
main tray, the light does not turn on.  
The Photo Tray light remains on for five minutes after the last button press or the last  
copy or print job. This allows you to complete several jobs using the photo tray without  
having to select the tray every time. If you want to use the main tray, press Photo  
Tray again to turn off the Photo Tray light.  
Load paper  
This section describes the procedure for loading different types and sizes of paper  
into your HP All-in-One for your copies, printouts, or faxes.  
Tip To help prevent rips, wrinkles, and curled or bent edges, store all paper  
flat in a resealable bag. If the paper is not stored properly, extreme changes in  
temperature and humidity might result in curled paper that does not work well  
in the HP All-in-One.  
Load full-size paper  
You can load many types of letter, A4, or legal paper, including A4 and 8.5 x 11 inch  
photo paper, into the main tray of your HP All-in-One.  
To load full-size paper  
1. Pull out the main tray, and slide the paper-width and paper-length guides to their  
outermost positions.  
2. Tap a stack of paper on a flat surface to align the edges, and then check the  
paper for the following:  
Make sure it is free of rips, dust, wrinkles, and curled or bent edges.  
Make sure all the paper in the stack is the same size and type.  
3. Insert the stack of paper into the main tray with the short edge forward and the  
print side down. Slide the stack of paper forward until it stops.  
Tip If you are using letterhead, insert the top of the page first with the  
print side down. For more help on loading full-size paper and letterhead,  
refer to the diagram engraved in the base of the main tray.  
98  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
       
4. Slide the paper-width and paper-length guides inward until they stop at the edges  
of the paper.  
Do not overload the main tray; make sure the stack of paper fits within the main  
tray and is no higher than the top of the paper-width guide.  
5. Push the main tray back into the HP All-in-One.  
6. Pull the output tray extender toward you, as far as it will go. Flip the paper catch  
at the end of the output tray extender to open the extender the rest of the way.  
Load 10 x 15 cm (4 x 6 inch) photo paper  
You can load 10 x 15 cm (4 x 6 inch) photo paper, Hagaki cards, postcards, and other  
small media up to 10 x 15 cm (4 x 6 inch) size into the photo tray of your HP All-in-  
One. For best results, use 10 x 15 cm (4 x 6 inch) HP Premium photo paper or HP  
Premium Plus photo paper, and set the paper type and size for your print or copy job.  
For more information, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.  
You can also load small media in the main tray. For more information, see Load  
Tip To help prevent rips, wrinkles, and curled or bent edges, store all paper  
flat in a resealable bag. If the paper is not stored properly, extreme changes in  
temperature and humidity might result in curled paper that does not work well  
in the HP All-in-One.  
User Guide  
99  
   
Chapter 5  
To load 10 x 15 cm (4 x 6 inch) photo paper in the photo tray  
1. Remove the output tray.  
Tip You can open the ink cartridge access door and rotate the control  
panel all the way down for better access to the photo tray.  
2. Insert the stack of photo paper into the photo tray with the short edge forward and  
the print side down. Slide the stack of photo paper forward until it stops.  
If the photo paper you are using has perforated tabs, load the photo paper so that  
the tabs are closest to you.  
3. Slide the paper-length and paper-width guides inward against the stack of photo  
paper until they stop.  
Do not overload the photo tray; make sure the stack of photo paper fits within the  
photo tray and is no higher than the top of the paper-width guide.  
4. Replace the output tray.  
5. Press Photo Tray on the control panel to select the photo tray.  
When you press Photo Tray, menu options appear on the color graphics display.  
6. Press 1 to select Copy, or press 2 to select Photo.  
Depending on which option you selected, the Copy Menu or the Photo Menu  
appears.  
7. Use the arrows to select the photo tray, then press OK.  
Load postcards, Hagaki cards, or HP Panorama photo paper  
You can load 10 x 15 cm (4 x 6 inch) photo paper, Hagaki cards, postcards, or  
panorama photo paper into the main tray of your HP All-in-One.  
You can also load small media (such as 10 x 15 cm (4 x 6 inch) photo paper,  
postcards and Hagaki cards) in the photo tray. For more information, see Load 10 x  
For the best results, set the paper type and size before printing or copying. For more  
information, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.  
100  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
   
To load postcards, Hagaki cards, or panorama photo paper in the main tray  
1. Pull out the main tray past the first stop but do not remove it from the device.  
2. Remove all paper from the main tray and slide the paper-width and paper-length  
guides to their outermost positions.  
3. Insert the stack of cards into the far right side of the main tray with the short edge  
forward and the print side down. Slide the stack forward until it stops.  
4. Slide the paper-length and paper-width guides inward against the stack of cards  
until they stop.  
Do not overload the main tray; make sure the stack of cards fits within the main  
tray and is no higher than the top of the paper-width guide.  
5. Push the main tray back into the HP All-in-One.  
Load envelopes  
You can load one or more envelopes into the main tray of your HP All-in-One. Do not  
use shiny or embossed envelopes or envelopes that have clasps or windows.  
Note For specific details on how to format text for printing on envelopes,  
consult the help files in your word processing software. For best results,  
consider using a label for the return address on envelopes.  
To load envelopes  
1. Pull out the main tray past the first stop but do not remove it from the device.  
2. Remove all paper from the main tray.  
3. Insert one or more envelopes into the far right side of the main tray with the  
envelope flaps up and to the left. Slide the stack of envelopes forward until it stops.  
Tip For more help on loading envelopes, refer to the diagram engraved  
in the base of the main tray.  
User Guide  
101  
 
Chapter 5  
4. Slide the paper-length and paper-width guides inward against the stack of  
envelopes until they stop.  
Do not overload the main tray; make sure the stack of envelopes fits within the  
main tray and is no higher than the top of the paper-width guide.  
5. Push the main tray back into the HP All-in-One.  
Load other types of paper  
The following table provides guidelines for loading certain types of paper. For best  
results, adjust the paper settings each time you change paper sizes or paper types.  
For information on changing paper settings for printing from a software application, or  
for information about the following papers, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.  
Note Not all paper sizes and paper types are available with all the functions  
on the HP All-in-One. Some paper sizes and paper types can only be used if  
you are starting a print job from the Print dialog box in a software application,  
or if you are making a copy. They are not available for faxing or printing photos  
from a memory card, digital camera, or storage device. Papers that are only  
available for printing from a software application are indicated as such.  
Paper  
HP papers  
Tips  
HP Advanced Photo Paper or HP Photo Paper  
Locate the arrow on the nonprinting side of the paper, and then slide  
the paper into the main tray with the arrow side facing up. A sensor in  
the HP All-in-One automatically optimizes the print speed and quality.  
HP Premium Inkjet Transparency Film  
Insert the film so that the white transparency strip (with arrows and the  
HP logo) is on top and is going into the main tray first. For best results,  
set the paper type to Transparency before printing or copying.  
Note The HP All-in-One might not automatically detect transparency  
film if it is loaded incorrectly, or if you use transparency film other than  
HP transparency film.  
102  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
 
(continued)  
Paper  
Tips  
HP Iron-On Transfers  
Flatten the transfer sheet completely before using it; do not load curled  
sheets. Locate the blue stripe on the nonprinting side of the transfer  
paper and then manually feed one sheet at a time into the main tray  
with the blue stripe facing up.  
Tip To prevent curling, keep transfer sheets sealed in the original  
package until you are ready to use them.  
This paper is supported for printing from a software application only.  
HP Matte Greeting Cards, HP Photo Greeting Cards, or  
HP Textured Greeting Cards  
Insert a small stack of HP greeting card paper into the main tray with  
the print side down, and then slide the stack of cards forward until it  
stops. For best results, set the paper type to Premium Photo before  
printing or copying.  
Labels  
HP Inkjet Labels  
Always use letter or A4 label sheets designed for use with HP inkjet  
devices (such as HP inkjet labels), and make sure that the labels are  
no more than two years old. Labels on older sheets might peel off  
when the paper is pulled through the HP All-in-One, causing  
subsequent paper jams.  
1. Fan the stack of labels to make sure none of the pages are  
sticking together.  
2. Place a stack of label sheets on top of full-size plain paper in the  
main tray, label side down. Do not insert labels one sheet at a time.  
This paper is supported for printing from a software application only.  
Avoid paper jams  
To help avoid paper jams, follow these guidelines:  
Prevent curled or wrinkled paper by storing all unused paper flat in a resealable  
bag.  
Remove printed papers from the output tray frequently.  
Ensure that paper loaded in the main tray lays flat and the edges are not bent or  
torn.  
Do not combine different paper types and paper sizes in the main tray; the entire  
stack of paper in the main tray must be the same size and type.  
Adjust the paper guides in the main tray to fit snugly against the paper edges.  
Make sure the paper guides do not bend the paper in the main tray.  
Do not force paper too far forward in the main tray.  
Use paper types that are recommended for your HP All-in-One. For more  
For information about clearing paper jams, see Paper troubleshooting.  
User Guide  
103  
   
Chapter 5  
104  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
Use the photo and video features  
6
The HP All-in-One can access your memory cards or storage devices so you can  
print, store, manage, and share your photos or videos. You can insert the memory  
card into the HP All-in-One, or connect a storage device (such as a USB keychain  
drive) or digital camera to the front USB port, letting the HP All-in-One read the  
contents. You can also connect a digital camera with PictBridge mode to the front  
USB port to print photos directly from your camera.  
This chapter contains information on using a memory card, storage device, or a digital  
camera with your HP All-in-One. Read this chapter for information on viewing,  
selecting, editing, saving, printing, and sharing photos and videos using your HP All-in-  
One.  
Insert a memory card  
If your digital camera uses a memory card to store photos, you can insert the memory  
card in your HP All-in-One to print or save your photos.  
Caution Never attempt to remove a memory card while it is being accessed.  
Doing so can damage files on the card. You can safely remove a card only  
when the photo light is not blinking. Also, never insert more than one memory  
card at a time. Doing so can also damage files on the memory cards.  
You can print a proof sheet, which might be several pages long and shows thumbnail  
views of photos stored on the memory card or storage device. You can also print  
photos from the memory card or storage device, even if your HP All-in-One is not  
connected to a computer. For more information, see Print photos using a proof sheet.  
Your HP All-in-One can read the following memory cards: CompactFlash (I, II),  
Memory Sticks, MultiMediaCard (MMC), Secure Digital, and xD-Picture Card.  
Note You can scan a document, photo, slides, or negative film and send the  
scanned image to an inserted memory card or storage device. For more  
information, see Scan an image.  
Your HP All-in-One features four slots for memory cards, shown in the following  
illustration, with the memory cards that correspond to each slot.  
User Guide  
105  
       
Chapter 6  
The slots are configured as follows:  
Top left slot: CompactFlash (I, II)  
Top right slot: Secure Digital, MultiMediaCard (MMC), Secure MultiMedia Card  
Bottom left slot: xD-Picture Card  
Bottom right slot: Memory Stick, Magic Gate Memory Stick, Memory Stick Duo  
(with user-supplied adapter), Memory Stick Pro  
To insert a memory card  
1. Turn the memory card so that the label faces left, and the contacts are facing  
your HP All-in-One.  
2. Insert the memory card into the corresponding memory card slot.  
Connect a digital camera  
The HP All-in-One supports the PictBridge mode, which enables you to connect any  
camera in PictBridge mode to the front USB port and print photos contained on the  
memory card in the camera. See the documentation that came with your camera to  
find out if it supports PictBridge.  
The front USB port is located underneath the memory card slots:  
If your camera is not in PictBridge mode or does not support PictBridge, you can still  
access photos in the camera by using the camera in storage device mode. For more  
information, see Connect a storage device.  
1. Connect your camera to the front USB port on your HP All-in-One using the USB  
cable supplied with your camera.  
2. Turn on your camera and make sure it is in PictBridge mode.  
Note Check your camera documentation to verify how to change the  
USB mode to PictBridge. Different cameras use different terms to  
describe PictBridge mode. For instance, some cameras have a digital  
106  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
   
camera setting and a disk drive setting. In this instance, the digital  
camera setting is the PictBridge mode setting.  
After you successfully connect your camera in PictBridge mode to the HP All-in-One,  
you can print your photos. Make sure the size of the paper loaded in the HP All-in-  
One matches the setting on your camera. If the paper size setting on your camera is  
set to the default, the HP All-in-One uses the paper that is currently loaded in the  
default input tray selected for printing from a PictBridge camera. Refer to the user  
guide that came with your camera for detailed information on printing directly from the  
camera using PictBridge.  
Note You can change your PictBridge Tray Select preferences to change  
the default input tray used when printing from a PictBridge camera. For more  
information, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.  
Connect a storage device  
You can connect a storage device such as a keychain drive, portable hard drive, or a  
digital camera in storage mode to the front USB port on your HP All-in-One. The front  
USB port is located underneath the memory card slots:  
Note Digital cameras that are in storage mode can be attached to the front  
USB port. The HP All-in-One treats cameras in this mode as a normal storage  
device. Digital cameras in storage mode are referred to as storage devices  
throughout this section. If your camera supports PictBridge, see Connect a  
Check your camera documentation to verify how to change the USB mode to  
storage mode. Different cameras use different terms to describe the storage  
mode. For instance, some cameras have a digital camera setting and a disk  
drive setting. In this instance, the disk drive setting is the storage mode  
setting.  
Once you have connected the storage device, you can do the following with the files  
stored on your storage device:  
Transfer the files to your computer  
View photos and videos  
Edit photos and videos using the control panel  
Print photos on your HP All-in-One  
Send photos and videos to your friends and family  
Caution Never attempt to disconnect a storage device while it is being  
accessed. Doing so can damage files on the storage device. You can safely  
remove a storage device only when the photo light is not blinking.  
User Guide  
107  
   
Chapter 6  
View photos and videos  
You can view photos and videos on the color graphics display of your HP All-in-One.  
You can also view photos using the HP Image Zone software that came with your  
HP All-in-One.  
View photos and videos using the HP All-in-One  
You can view and select photos and videos on the color graphics display of your  
HP All-in-One.  
Your HP All-in-One supports videos with sound. For more information on adjusting the  
volume, see View a video.  
View a photo  
You can view a photo on the control panel of your HP All-in-One.  
To view a photo  
1. Insert the memory card into the appropriate slot on your HP All-in-One, or  
connect a storage device to the front USB port.  
2.  
Press or until the photo you want to view appears on the color graphics  
display.  
Tip You can press and hold down or to quickly navigate through all  
photos and videos.  
View a slideshow  
You can use the Slideshow option on the Photo Menu to view all the photos on a  
memory card or storage device as a slideshow.  
To view a slideshow  
1. Insert a memory card into the appropriate slot on your HP All-in-One, or connect  
a storage device to the front USB port.  
2. Press Photo to display the Photo Menu.  
3. Press 7 to start the slideshow.  
4. Press Cancel to end the slideshow.  
5. Press Photo again to return to the photo display.  
View a video  
You can view a video file on your HP All-in-One. Using the buttons on the control  
panel, you can play a video, forward through a video, reverse a video, and stop a  
video.  
You can listen to videos with sound using the control panel. You can also adjust the  
video volume.  
When a video is stopped or paused, you can select a single video frame for printing.  
For more information, see Select photos and videos.  
108  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
           
Note Large video files might not appear quickly on the color graphics display.  
To view a video  
1. Insert a memory card into the appropriate slot on your HP All-in-One, or connect  
a storage device to the front USB port.  
2. Press Video. The first frame of the first video stored on the memory card or  
storage device appears on the color graphics display.  
3.  
Press or to scroll to the first frame of the video you want to play.  
Videos are indicated by a video icon on the color graphics display.  
4. Press 2 to play the video.  
While the video is playing, you can press the following buttons:  
Button  
Function  
Press 1 to reverse through the video. Press this  
button while the video is paused to reverse  
through individual video frames.  
Press 2 to pause the video. Press 2 again to  
resume the video.  
Press 3 to forward through the video. Press this  
button while the video is paused to forward  
through individual video frames.  
Cancel  
Press Cancel to stop the video.  
or  
Press these buttons to adjust the volume of the  
video.  
View photos using your computer  
You can view and edit photos using the HP Image Zone software that came with your  
HP All-in-One.  
For more information, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.  
Select photos and videos  
You can use the control panel on your HP All-in-One to select photos and videos.  
Select individual photos and videos  
You can select individual photos and videos to edit, print, or save to your computer.  
To select individual photos and videos  
1. Insert a memory card into the appropriate slot on your HP All-in-One, or connect  
a storage device to the front USB port.  
2. Press or to scroll to the photo or video file you want to select.  
User Guide  
109  
     
Chapter 6  
Tip You can press and hold down or to quickly navigate through all  
photos and videos.  
Note The first frame of a video appears on the color graphics display  
with the video icon at the bottom of the frame.  
3. Press OK to select the photo or video currently shown on the color graphics  
display.  
A check mark appears next to the selected photo or video.  
4. Repeat the previous steps to select as many photos or videos as you want.  
Select all photos and videos  
You can select all photos and videos on a memory card or storage device from the  
control panel.  
To select all photos and videos  
1. Insert a memory card into the appropriate slot on your HP All-in-One, or connect  
a storage device to the front USB port.  
2. Press the Select Photos button:  
3. Press OK. This selects the first photo stored on the memory card or storage  
device.  
Note Each photo on the memory card or storage device has a number  
assigned to it by your HP All-in-One. This photo number is located in the  
bottom-right corner of the photo when it is currently shown on the color  
graphics display. The number to the left of the forward slash (/) is the  
photo number. The number to the right of the forward slash represents the  
total number of photos stored on the memory card or storage device.  
4. Press OK again. This selects the last photo stored on the memory card or  
storage device.  
A check mark appears next to the selected photos and videos.  
Select a range of photos and videos  
You can select a range of photos and videos stored on a memory card or storage  
device from the control panel.  
To select a range of photos and videos  
1. Insert a memory card into the appropriate slot on your HP All-in-One, or connect  
a storage device to the front USB port.  
2. Press the Select Photos button:  
110  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
3. Enter the first photo number you want to select in the range by using the keypad,  
or by pressing the or to scroll to the number you want to select.  
Note Each photo on the memory card or storage device has a number  
assigned to it by your HP All-in-One. This photo number is located in the  
bottom-right corner of the photo when it is currently shown on the color  
graphics display. The number to the left of the forward slash (/) is the  
photo number. The number to the right of the forward slash represents the  
total number of photos stored on the memory card or storage device.  
4. Press OK.  
5. Enter the last photo you want to select in the range by using the keypad, or by  
pressing the or to scroll to the number you want to select.  
6. Press OK.  
All photos you specified in the range are selected. A check mark appears next to  
the selected photos and videos.  
Select a single video frame  
You can select a single video frame stored on a memory card or storage device on  
the control panel to print.  
To select a single video frame  
1. Insert a memory card into the appropriate slot on your HP All-in-One, or connect  
a storage device to the front USB port.  
2.  
3. Press 2.  
The video begins to play.  
Press or to scroll to the video file you want to select.  
4. Press 2 again to pause the video when the video advances close to the frame  
you want to print.  
5. Do one of the following:  
Press 1 to advance forward through each video frame until the frame you  
want to print appears on the color graphics display.  
Press 3 to move backward through each video frame until the frame you  
want to print appears on the color graphics display.  
6. Press OK.  
A check mark appears next to the selected video frame.  
Note You can select up to 10 video frames.  
User Guide  
111  
Chapter 6  
Deselect photos and videos  
You can deselect individual photos and videos, or deselect all photos and videos  
located on a memory card or storage device.  
Do one of the following:  
Press OK to deselect the currently selected photo or video shown on the  
color graphics display.  
Press Cancel to deselect all photos and videos and return to the idle screen.  
Edit photos  
The HP All-in-One offers several basic editing controls that you can apply to the  
image currently displayed on the color graphics display. These controls include  
brightness adjustment, special color effects, cropping, rotating, and more.  
For more information on editing photos using the control panel, see the onscreen  
HP Image Zone Help.  
Note You can enhance selected video frames before printing. For more  
information, see Set photo print options.  
You can also use the HP Image Zone software to view and edit images. You can  
print images, send images by e-mail to friends and relatives, upload images to a  
website, or use images in fun and creative printing projects. The HP Image Zone  
software lets you do all this and much more. Explore the software to take full  
advantage of the features of your HP All-in-One. For more information on editing  
photos using the HP Image Zone software, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.  
Print photos and videos from the control panel  
You can use the control panel to print photos from a memory card or storage device.  
You can also print photos directly from a camera that supports PictBridge. For more  
information see Connect a digital camera.  
For more information about inserting a memory card, see Insert a memory card. For  
more information about connecting a storage device, see Connect a storage device.  
This section contains information about common printing tasks. The onscreen  
HP Image Zone Help contains information about special photo print tasks such as the  
following:  
Printing camera-selected (DPOF) photos  
Printing video action photos  
Printing panoramic photos  
Printing passport photos  
For more information about these features, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.  
Note When printing photos and videos, the photo print options are  
automatically selected for the best results. These options can be changed in  
the Print Options menu. For more information, see Set photo print options.  
112  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
       
You can do more than print your photos if you use the HP Image Zone software. This  
software lets you use photos for iron-on transfers, posters, banners, stickers, and  
other creative projects. For more information, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.  
Use the Easy Print Wizard  
You can use the Easy Print Wizard to select your choices for the most commonly  
used photo print options. Once you have selected your photo print options using the  
Easy Print Wizard, the photos automatically print.  
To use the Easy Print Wizard  
1. Insert a memory card into the appropriate slot on your HP All-in-One, or connect  
a storage device to the front USB port.  
The Photo button lights up.  
2.  
Press or until the photo or video you want to print appears on the color  
graphics display, and then press OK.  
Repeat this step until all photos you want to print are selected.  
3. Press Photo to display the Photo Menu.  
4. Press 1 to select Easy Print Wizard.  
The Layout menu appears.  
5. Press the number next to the Layout option you want to select.  
The Tray Select menu appears.  
6. Press 1 to select the Main Tray or 2 to select the Photo Tray.  
The Ready to Print message appears.  
7. Verify the paper is inserted in the input tray print side down, and then press OK to  
print the photos using the options you have selected.  
Print selected photos and videos  
You can print selected photos or video frames directly from the control panel without  
using a proof sheet.  
Note If you have selected a video file, only the first frame of the video will  
print unless you selected individual video frames to print. For more information,  
1. Insert a memory card into the appropriate slot on your HP All-in-One, or connect  
a storage device to the front USB port.  
The Photo button lights up.  
2.  
Press or to move backward or forward through the photos, one photo at a  
time. Press and hold or to move rapidly through the photos.  
3. When the photo you want to print appears on the color graphics display, press  
OK. A check mark appears next to the selected photo.  
4. Press Photo to display the Photo Menu, and then modify the photo print options  
as desired.  
5. Press Start Black or Start Color to print the selected photos.  
6. Press Photo again to return to the photo display.  
User Guide  
113  
     
Chapter 6  
Print a cropped photo  
You can crop a photo for printing using the zoom feature on your control panel. The  
image you see on the color graphics display reflects how the photo will look when it is  
printed.  
Note The crop setting is not saved to the original photo file. The photo returns  
to its original size after it is printed.  
To print a cropped photo  
1. Display a photo on the color graphics display.  
For more information, see View a photo.  
2. Press the zoom buttons (4 or 5) to zoom in or out to view the photo at different  
sizes:  
3. Use the arrow buttons to move the image display to view the approximate area of  
the photo that will print.  
4. Press OK to select the photo and exit zoom mode while retaining the zoom  
settings for printing.  
A check mark appears next to the selected photo.  
5. Press Start Color or Start Black to print the selected photo.  
Print photos using a proof sheet  
A proof sheet is a simple and convenient way to select photos and make prints  
directly from a memory card or storage device without the need for a computer. A  
proof sheet, which might be several pages long, shows thumbnail views of photos  
stored on the memory card. The file name, index number, and date appear under  
each thumbnail. Proof sheets are also a quick way to create a printed catalog of your  
photos.  
Note 1 If there are videos located on the memory card or storage device, only  
the first frame of the video will print on the proof sheet.  
Note 2 You cannot print a proof sheet of photos on a camera in PictBridge  
mode. The camera must be in storage mode. For more information, see  
Printing photos from a proof sheet is done in three steps: printing a proof sheet,  
completing the proof sheet, and scanning the proof sheet.  
Print a proof sheet  
The first step in using a proof sheet is to print it from the HP All-in-One.  
1. Insert a memory card into the appropriate slot on your HP All-in-One, or connect  
a storage device to the front USB port.  
2. Press Proof Sheet, and then press 1.  
114  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
       
This displays the Proof Sheet Menu and then selects Print Proof Sheet.  
Note Depending on how many photos are on the memory card, the time  
it takes to print a proof sheet can vary greatly.  
3. If there are more than 20 photos on the card, the Select Photos menu appears.  
Press the number next to the command you want to select:  
1. All  
2. Last 20  
3. Custom Range  
Note Use the photo numbers to select which photos to print for a custom  
range. This number might be different from the number associated with  
the photo on your digital camera. Photo numbers are found at the bottom  
of the photo on the color graphics display.  
If you select a video, only the first frame of the video will print on the proof sheet.  
4. If you choose Custom Range, enter the photo numbers for the first and last  
photos you want to print, and then press OK.  
Note You can erase photo numbers by pressing to backspace.  
5. Complete the proof sheet. For more information, see Complete the proof sheet.  
Complete the proof sheet  
After you have printed a proof sheet, you can use it to select the photos you want to  
print.  
1. Select the photos to print by using a dark pen or pencil to fill in the circles located  
under the thumbnail images on the proof sheet.  
Note If you select a video on the proof sheet, only the first frame of the  
video will be printed.  
2. Select one layout style by filling in a circle in step 2 of the proof sheet.  
Note If you need more control over print settings than the proof sheet  
provides, you can print photos directly from the control panel. For more  
3. Scan the proof sheet. For more information, see Scan a proof sheet.  
User Guide  
115  
     
Chapter 6  
Scan a proof sheet  
The final step in using a proof sheet is to scan the completed sheet you have placed  
on the scanner glass.  
1. Load the proof sheet print side down on the right front corner of the glass. Make  
sure the sides of the proof sheet touch the right and front edges. Close the lid.  
2. Load photo paper in the main tray or photo tray. Make sure the same memory  
card or storage device you used to print the proof sheet is still inserted or  
connected to the HP All-in-One when you scan that proof sheet.  
3. Press Proof Sheet, and then press 2.  
This displays the Proof Sheet Menu and then selects Scan Proof Sheet.  
The HP All-in-One scans the proof sheet and prints the selected photos.  
Set photo print options  
The Print Options menu gives you access to a variety of settings that affect the way  
photos print, including number of copies, paper types, and more. The default  
measurements and sizes vary according to country/region.  
1. Insert a memory card into the appropriate slot on your HP All-in-One, or connect  
a storage device to the front USB port.  
2. Press Photo.  
The Photo Menu appears.  
3. Press 2 to access the Print Options menu, and then press the number next to  
the setting you want to change.  
Note For more information on the photo print options, see the onscreen  
HP Image Zone Help.  
4. Make the change to the setting, and then press OK.  
5. Press Photo again to return to the photo display.  
Save photos to your computer  
After you take photos with your digital camera, you can print them immediately or  
save them to your computer. To save them to your computer, you can remove the  
memory card from the camera and insert it in the appropriate memory card slot on the  
HP All-in-One. You can also set the camera to storage mode and connect it to the  
front USB port to save the photos to your computer.  
For information about connecting a digital camera that is in storage mode, see  
Connect a storage device. For more information about inserting memory cards, see  
Note You can only use one memory card in your HP All-in-One at a time. You  
also cannot use a memory card and a storage device or camera with  
PictBridge at the same time.  
1. Insert a memory card into the appropriate slot on your HP All-in-One, or connect  
a storage device to the front USB port.  
The photo light blinks when the files are accessed.  
116  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
         
Caution Never attempt to remove a memory card while it is being  
accessed. Doing so can damage files on the card. You can safely remove  
a card only when the photo light is not blinking.  
2. Do one of the following:  
If your HP All-in-One is connected directly to your computer using a USB  
cable, a transfer dialog box appears on your computer. Follow the onscreen  
prompts on your computer to save the photos to your computer.  
For more information on the transfer software dialog box, see the onscreen  
HP Image Zone Help that came with your software.  
If the HP All-in-One is on a network, you must press Photo to display the  
Photo Menu, press 5 to select Transfer to computer, and then select your  
computer from the displayed list. Return to your computer and follow the  
onscreen prompts to select your transfer options.  
Once you have completed the onscreen prompts, your photos are saved from the  
memory card or storage device to your computer.  
For Windows: by default, files are saved in month and year folders  
depending on when the photos were taken. The folders are created under  
the C:\Documents and Settings\username\My Documents\My Pictures  
folder in Windows XP and Windows 2000.  
For Mac: by default, files are saved to the computer in a Hard  
Drive:Users:User Name:Pictures:HP Photos folder.  
3. The HP All-in-One is finished reading the memory card when the photo light stops  
blinking and remains lit. The first photo appears on the color graphics display.  
To navigate through the photos, press or to move backward or forward  
through the photos, one photo at a time. Press and hold or to move rapidly  
backward or forward through the photos.  
Share photos with friends and relatives  
You can easily share photos with friends and family using the HP Instant Share online  
service. HP Instant Share enables you to send photos to others as e-mail, upload  
photos to an online photo album or photo finishing service, or send the photos to a  
network-connected HP All-in-One to print.  
Note Availability of the services described here varies by country/region.  
Some of the services described here might not be available in your country/  
region.  
In order to take full advantage of the HP Instant Share features available from the  
control panel of a network-connected HP All-in-One, you must set up HP Instant  
Share on your HP All-in-One. For information on setting up and using HP Instant  
Share, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.  
User Guide  
117  
   
Chapter 6  
118  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
Share your images with family  
and friends  
7
You can easily share your images with family and friends by using the HP Instant  
Share online service. HP Instant Share lets you send images to your family and  
friends or, if your HP All-in-One is network-connected and registered with HP Instant  
Share, receive images from others for viewing and printing.  
To take full advantage of the HP Instant Share features available from the control  
panel of a network-connected HP All-in-One, you must set up HP Instant Share on  
your HP All-in-One. If you installed the HP Image Zone software, press the  
HP Instant Share button on the control panel of your network-connected HP All-in-  
One to launch the setup wizard on a connected computer. For more information on  
setting up HP Instant Share on your HP All-in-One and using any of the features  
described in this chapter, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help. For more  
information on the HP Image Zone Help, see Use the onscreen Help.  
Send images to others  
You can easily send your images to family and friends by using the HP Instant Share  
online service. HP Instant Share lets you send thumbnail previews of your images to  
your family and friends' e-mail addresses. They can pick up the full-size images from  
the HP Instant Share server when it is convenient for them, rather than wait for large  
images to download from their e-mail provider.  
Tip You can also use HP Instant Share to send documents, like a fax  
machine, if a friend or relative does not have access to a fax machine. Instead,  
scan the document from the glass and then use HP Instant Share to send it to  
the recipient's e-mail address.  
If a friend or family member has a network-connected HP device that is registered  
with HP Instant Share, you can also send images directly to their HP device to print.  
Additionally, you can upload images to an online photo album or to a photo finishing  
service, where you can order professional quality prints of your images.  
Note Availability of the services described here varies by country/region.  
Some of the services described here might not be available in your country/  
region.  
To send images  
Start by pressing the HP Instant Share button on the control panel of your HP All-  
in-One. Then, follow the onscreen instructions.  
Receive images from others  
If your HP All-in-One is network-connected and registered with HP Instant Share,  
other HP Instant Share users can send images directly to your HP All-in-One.  
Depending on the permissions you set up for receiving images, the images are either  
User Guide  
119  
           
Chapter 7  
stored on the server for you to review before printing, or they automatically print when  
you receive them.  
In addition to printing images that you receive from others, you can also forward an  
image collection to another share destination or save an image collection to a memory  
card or storage device that is inserted in your HP All-in-One.  
To use any of these features  
Start by pressing the HP Instant Share button on the control panel of your HP All-  
in-One. Then, follow the onscreen instructions.  
Note If your HP All-in-One is connected directly to a computer with a USB  
cable, users cannot send images directly to your HP All-in-One. The  
information in this section does not apply to you. However, HP Instant Share  
users can still e-mail images to you.  
View images before printing them  
Depending on the settings you chose and the permissions you granted when you set  
up HP Instant Share, the images you receive might be stored on the server for you to  
review before printing. If Auto Checking is turned on, your HP All-in-One  
automatically checks the HP Instant Share server periodically to see if anyone has  
sent images to you. The HP Instant Share icon at the bottom of the color graphics  
display turns blue if you have images waiting on the HP Instant Share server.  
For more information on the HP Instant Share icon, see Color graphics display icons.  
Print photos without viewing them first  
Depending on the settings you chose and the permissions you granted when you set  
up HP Instant Share, your HP All-in-One might automatically print the images in a  
received image collection. In order for this to work, you must:  
Turn on Auto Checking for HP Instant Share.  
Grant permission to one or more HP Instant Share users to send images directly  
to your HP All-in-One for automatic printing.  
If these two conditions are met, your HP All-in-One will automatically print images that  
you receive from authorized users.  
Forward a received image collection  
You can forward any image collection that you receive to another share destination.  
This enables you to share the images you have received with another family member  
or friend, post the images in an online photo album, or send the images to an online  
photo finishing service to order professional quality prints.  
Note Availability of the services described here varies by country/region.  
Some of the services described here might not be available in your country/  
region.  
120  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
     
Save received images to a memory card or storage device  
In addition to printing images that you receive from others, you can also save an  
entire image collection to a memory card or storage device that is inserted in your  
HP All-in-One. This enables you to keep copies of the images even after they expire  
and are deleted from the HP Instant Share server. (The number of days before image  
collections expire is subject to change. See the HP Instant Share Terms of Service on  
the HP website for the most current information.)  
Print to your HP All-in-One from a remote location  
You can use your HP Instant Share account to print from your Windows computer to a  
network-connected HP device that is registered with HP Instant Share. For example,  
you can use the HP remote printer driver to print from your laptop at a coffee shop to  
your network-connected HP All-in-One at home. If a friend or relative does not have a  
printer, they can download the HP remote printer driver to their computer, then, with  
your authorization, print to your HP All-in-One.  
The HP remote printer driver is installed on the Windows computer where you  
installed the software for your HP All-in-One. If you want to install the HP remote  
printer driver on another Windows computer, such as a laptop, you can either install  
the HP Image Zone software that came with your HP All-in-One or you can download  
the HP remote printer driver from the HP website.  
Go to www.hp.com and search the HP website for the phrase "HP Instant Share  
Remote Printing".  
Note To download the HP remote printer driver from the HP website, HP  
recommends that you use a broadband or other high-speed Internet  
connection. HP does not recommend using a dial-up connection. It takes  
approximately 3 to 5 minutes to download the HP remote printer driver using a  
broadband connection.  
Once the HP remote print driver is installed, you can print remotely to the HP All-  
in-One by selecting Print from the File menu in any software application and  
choosing HP remote printers as your printer.  
Configure HP Instant Share  
The options described here enable you to customize the way that HP Instant Share  
works for you. For detailed information on any of these settings, see the onscreen  
HP Image Zone Help.  
1. Press Setup on the control panel.  
2. Press  
to highlight HP Instant Share, and then press OK.  
The HP Instant Share Options menu appears. It contains the following options  
for configuring the way HP Instant Share works.  
Manage Account  
Launches the HP Instant Share software on your  
computer so you can log in and perform advanced setup,  
such as adding share destinations and configuring  
preferences for receiving images from specific individuals.  
User Guide  
121  
         
Chapter 7  
Display Device  
Name  
Displays the name assigned to your HP All-in-One when  
you registered your device with HP Instant Share. You  
will need to give this name to other HP Instant Share  
users if you want them to send images directly to your  
HP All-in-One to print.  
Receive Options  
Enables you to set your HP All-in-One to Private or  
Open mode when receiving images.  
In Private mode, your HP All-in-One will only accept  
images from authorized users you specify.  
In Open mode, any HP Instant Share user who  
knows your device name can send images to your  
HP All-in-One.  
Default Print Size  
Auto Checking  
Enables you to specify what size to print images you  
receive (if they do not already have a preset image size).  
You can set images to print at a specific size, such as 10  
x 15 cm (4 x 6 inch), or you can set them to fit on  
whatever size paper is currently loaded in the main tray.  
Configures the HP All-in-One to check the HP Instant  
Share server periodically for received images or not.  
Tip You might want to turn this setting off if you are  
going on vacation and will not be available to reload the  
input tray if it runs out of paper. If you set Auto  
Checking to Off, you can check for received images at  
any time by pressing the HP Instant Share button and  
selecting Receive.  
Remove  
Collections  
Enables you to remove a received image collection from  
the Received menu. The image collections are still  
available on the HP Instant Share server until they expire.  
Reset HP Instant  
Share  
Clears the HP Instant Share settings saved on your  
HP All-in-One, including the device name and other  
account information. This protects your privacy if you  
ever choose to resell or give away your HP All-in-One.  
HP Instant Share will no longer recognize the HP All-in-  
One as a registered device for sending and receiving  
images.  
Tip If you choose this option accidentally, register the  
HP All-in-One again using the same HP Passport  
account. The device will be assigned the same device  
name as before. The share destinations and settings  
are also reapplied.  
122  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
Use the copy features  
8
The HP All-in-One allows you to produce high-quality color and black-and-white  
copies on a variety of paper types. This chapter provides instructions for making a  
copy, previewing a copy job, selecting an area to crop, and changing other copy  
settings.  
This User Guide provides just a sampling of the copy features available to help you  
get started using your HP All-in-One to make copies. Explore the onscreen HP Image  
Zone Help that came with your HP All-in-One software for information on all of the  
copy settings that your HP All-in-One supports. For example, the onscreen HP Image  
Zone Help provides information on copying multiple-page documents, enhancing light  
areas of your copy, and more. For more information on the HP Image Zone Help, see  
Make a copy  
You can make quality copies from the control panel.  
To make a copy from the control panel  
1. Load paper in either the main tray or photo tray.  
You can load up to 10 x 15 cm (4 x 6 inch) photo paper (without tabs) into the  
photo tray. Larger size photo paper, however, must be loaded in the main tray.  
For more information on selecting the appropriate tray, see Select an input tray.  
For more information on loading paper in the appropriate tray, see Load paper  
2. Load your original print side down on the right front corner of the glass.  
3. Do one of the following:  
Press Start Black to initiate a black-and-white copy job.  
Press Start Color to initiate a color copy job.  
Note If you have a color original, pressing Start Black produces a black-  
and-white copy of the color original, while pressing Start Color produces  
a full-color copy of the color original.  
Change the copy settings  
You can customize the copy settings of the HP All-in-One to handle nearly any task.  
When you change copy settings, the changes are for the current copy job only. You  
must set the changes as defaults for the settings to apply to all future copy jobs.  
To change the copy settings for the current job only  
1. Press Copy to display the Copy Menu.  
2. Press the number button that corresponds to the setting you want to change.  
Select from the following options:  
1. Number of copies  
2. Copy Preview  
User Guide  
123  
       
Chapter 8  
3. Reduce/Enlarge  
4. Crop  
5. Tray Select  
6. Paper Size  
7. Paper Type  
8. Copy Quality  
9. Lighter/Darker  
0. Enhancements  
*. Set New Defaults  
3. Press the  
to highlight the appropriate setting and then press OK.  
4. After all applicable settings have been changed, press Start Color or Start Black  
to initiate the copy job.  
To save the current settings as defaults for future jobs  
1. Make any needed changes to the settings in the Copy Menu.  
2. Press  
to select Set New Defaults from the Copy Menu.  
3. Press OK to accept the settings as the new default settings.  
Explore the onscreen HP Image Zone Help to learn how to perform special copy  
projects such as enlarging and reducing copies, making multiple copies on a page,  
and making enhancements to increase the quality of your copies.  
Preview your copy job  
You can use Copy Preview to preview your copy job on the color graphics display.  
Previews are displayed when you select Copy Preview from the Copy Menu, or  
when you change one of the following copy settings:  
Reduce/Enlarge  
Paper Size  
Paper Type  
Crop  
Tray Select  
Changing any of the above settings will automatically generate a copy preview on the  
color graphics display. It is not necessary to first select Copy Preview. However, the  
preview might have overlying text or graphics. If you want an accurate and clear  
preview, or want to preview your copy job without changing any settings, select Copy  
Preview from the Copy Menu, as described here.  
Note You must explicitly pick your copy settings to ensure an accurate  
preview. Automatic settings will not reflect the loaded paper size and type, but  
use defaults instead.  
124  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
   
To preview your copy from the control panel  
1. Press Copy, and then press 2.  
This displays the Copy Menu and then selects Copy Preview.  
2. Do one of the following:  
Press OK to accept the preview and return to the Copy Menu.  
Press to rescan the original.  
Make a borderless copy of a photo  
You can make borderless copies on both large and small photo papers. For the best  
quality when copying a photo, load photo paper in the photo tray and change your  
copy settings for the correct paper type and photo enhancement.  
1. Load photo paper in the input tray.  
You can load up to 10 x 15 cm (4 x 6 inch) photo paper (without tabs) into the  
photo tray. Larger size photo paper, however, must be loaded in the main tray.  
2. Load your original photo print side down on the right front corner of the glass.  
Position the photo on the glass so the long edge of the photo is along the front  
edge of the glass.  
3. Do one of the following:  
If you are making a 10 x 15 cm (4 x 6 inch) borderless copy of a photo:  
a. Press the Photo Tray button to select the photo tray.  
b. Press Start Black or Start Color.  
The HP All-in-One makes a borderless copy of your original photo.  
If you are making a borderless copy from paper loaded in the main tray:  
a. Press Copy and then Press 3.  
This displays the Copy Menu and selects Reduce/Enlarge.  
b. Press 3 to select Fill Entire Page.  
c. Press Start Black or Start Color.  
The HP All-in-One makes a borderless copy of your original photo.  
Tip If the output is not borderless, then set the paper size to the  
appropriate borderless paper size, set the paper type to Photo Paper,  
and then try again.  
For more information on changing copy settings, see Change the copy  
User Guide  
125  
   
Chapter 8  
Crop an original  
Before copying an original, you might want select an area to copy using the Crop  
setting from the Copy Menu. Selecting the Crop setting initiates a scan and displays  
a preview of the original on the color graphics display.  
Cropping changes the dimensions of the image, thus decreasing its physical size.  
Tip You can resize the cropped image by changing the Reduce/Enlarge  
setting. Use Fill Entire Page to make a borderless copy of the cropped image.  
Use Fit to Page to make a copy with borders. Enlarging a cropped image  
might affect print quality depending on the resolution of the image.  
To crop an image from the control panel  
1. Press Copy and then press 4.  
This displays the Copy Menu and then selects Crop.  
2. Use the arrow buttons to set the position of the upper-left corner of the crop area.  
3. Press OK.  
4. Use the arrow buttons to set the position of the lower-right corner of the crop area.  
5. Press OK.  
The cropped image is displayed on the color graphics display.  
Stop copying  
To stop copying, press Cancel on the control panel.  
126  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
       
Print from your computer  
9
The HP All-in-One can be used with any software application that allows printing. The  
instructions vary slightly depending on whether you are printing from a Windows PC  
or a Mac. Make sure you follow the instructions for your operating system in this  
chapter.  
In addition to the printing capabilities described in this chapter, you can print images  
directly from a memory card, a digital camera or other storage device. You can also  
print from a supported Bluetooth device, such as a camera phone or personal digital  
assistant (PDA); and use scanned images in printing projects in the HP Image Zone.  
Windows users can also print to a network-connected remote device.  
For more information on printing from a memory card or digital camera, see Use  
For more information on performing special print jobs or printing images in the  
HP Image Zone, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.  
For more information on printing to a remote device, see the onscreen HP Image  
Zone Help.  
This User Guide provides just a sampling of the print features available to help you  
get started using your HP All-in-One to print from a software application. Explore the  
onscreen HP Image Zone Help that came with your HP All-in-One software for  
information on all of the print settings that your HP All-in-One supports. For example,  
the onscreen HP Image Zone Help provides information on printing a poster, printing  
multiple pages on a single sheet, and more. For more information on the HP Image  
Zone Help, see Use the onscreen Help.  
Print from a software application  
Most print settings are automatically handled by the software application you are  
printing from or by HP ColorSmart technology. You need to change the settings  
manually only when you change print quality, print on specific types of paper or  
transparency film, or use special features.  
To print from a software application (Windows)  
1. Make sure you have paper loaded in the input tray.  
2. On the File menu in your software application, click Print.  
3. Select the HP All-in-One as the printer.  
4. If you need to change settings, click the button that opens the Properties dialog  
box.  
Depending on your software application, this button might be called Properties,  
Options, Printer Setup, or Printer.  
5. Select the appropriate options for your print job by using the features available in  
the Paper/Quality, Finishing, Effects, Basics, and Color tabs.  
6. Click OK to close the Properties dialog box.  
7. Click Print or OK to begin printing.  
User Guide  
127  
       
Chapter 9  
To print from a software application (Mac)  
1. Make sure you have paper loaded in the input tray.  
2. Select the HP All-in-One in the Print Center (v 10.2) or Printer Setup Utility (v  
10.3 or later) before you begin printing.  
3. From the File menu in your software application, choose Page Setup.  
The Page Setup dialog box appears, allowing you to specify the paper size,  
orientation, and scaling.  
4. Specify the page attributes:  
Choose the paper size.  
Select the orientation.  
Enter the scaling percentage.  
5. Click OK.  
6. From the File menu in your software application, choose Print.  
The Print dialog box appears, and the Copies & Pages panel opens.  
7. Change the print settings for each option in the pop-up menu, as appropriate for  
your project.  
8. Click Print to begin printing.  
Change the print settings  
You can customize the print settings of the HP All-in-One to handle nearly any print  
task. Changes to the print settings from your computer apply to software print jobs only.  
For information on changing photo print settings from the HP All-in-One, see Set  
Windows users  
Before you change print settings, you should decide if you want to change the settings  
for the current print job only, or if you want to make the settings the defaults for all  
future print jobs. How you display print settings depends on whether or not you want  
to apply the change to all future print jobs or just to the current print job.  
To change the print settings for all future jobs  
1. In the HP Solution Center, click Settings, point to Print Settings, and then click  
Print Settings.  
2. Make changes to the print settings, and click OK.  
To change the print settings for the current job  
1. On the File menu in your software application, click Print.  
2. Make sure the HP All-in-One is the selected printer.  
3. Click the button that opens the Properties dialog box.  
Depending on your software application, this button might be called Properties,  
Options, Printer Setup, or Printer.  
4. Make changes to the print settings, and click OK.  
5. Click Print or OK in the Print dialog box to print the job.  
128  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
   
Mac users  
Use the Page Setup and Print dialog boxes to change the settings for your print job.  
Which dialog box you use depends on which setting you want to change.  
To change the paper size, orientation, or scaling percentage  
1. From the File menu in your software application, choose Page Setup.  
2. Make sure the HP All-in-One is the selected printer.  
3. Make changes to the paper size, orientation, and scaling percentage settings,  
and click OK.  
To change all other print settings  
1. Select the HP All-in-One in the Print Center (v 10.2) or Printer Setup Utility (v  
10.3 or later) before you begin printing.  
2. From the File menu in your software application, choose Print.  
3. Make changes to the print settings, and click Print to print the job.  
Stop a print job  
Although you can stop a print job from either the HP All-in-One or the computer, we  
recommend you stop it from the HP All-in-One for best results.  
Note Windows users: Although most software applications designed for  
Windows use the Windows print spooler, your software application might not  
use the spooler. An example of a software application that does not use the  
Windows print spooler is PowerPoint in Microsoft Office 97. If you cannot  
cancel your print job by using one of the following procedures, consult the  
instructions for canceling background printing in the online help for your  
software application.  
To stop a print job from the HP All-in-One  
Press Cancel on the control panel. Look for the Print Cancelled message on the  
color graphics display. If the message does not appear, press Cancel again.  
To stop a print job from the computer (Windows XP users)  
1. On the Windows taskbar, click Start, and then click Control Panel.  
2. Open the Printers and Faxes control panel.  
3. Double-click the HP All-in-One icon.  
4. Select the print job you want to cancel.  
5. On the Document menu, click Cancel Printing or Cancel, or press the DELETE  
key on your keyboard.  
It can take a few moments for printing to be cancelled.  
To stop a print job from the computer (Windows 9x or 2000 users)  
1. On the Windows taskbar, click Start, point to Settings, and then click Printers.  
2. Double-click the HP All-in-One icon.  
3. Select the print job you want to cancel.  
User Guide  
129  
   
Chapter 9  
4. On the Document menu, click Cancel Printing or Cancel, or press the DELETE  
key on your keyboard.  
It can take a few moments for printing to be cancelled.  
To stop a print job from the computer (Mac users)  
1. Open the Print Center (v 10.2) or the Printer Setup Utility (v 10.3 or later) from  
the Applications:Utilities folder.  
2. Make sure the HP All-in-One is the selected printer.  
3. From the Printers menu, choose Show Jobs.  
4. Select the print job you want to cancel.  
5. Click Delete.  
It can take a few moments for printing to be cancelled.  
130  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
10 Use the scan features  
This chapter contains information on scanning to an application on your computer, to  
an HP Instant Share destination, and to a memory card or storage device. It also  
contains information on scanning slides and negative film using the control panel.  
Scanning is the process of converting text and pictures into an electronic format for  
your computer. You can scan almost anything (photos, magazine articles and text  
documents), as long as you are careful not to scratch the glass on your HP All-in-One.  
Scanning to a memory card or storage device makes your scanned images even  
more portable.  
Note On a Mac, you can change the HP Scan Pro default scan settings. For  
more information, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.  
Scan an image  
For information about how to scan from the computer, and how to adjust, resize,  
rotate, crop, and sharpen your scans, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help that  
came with your software.  
To use the scan features, your HP All-in-One and computer must be connected and  
turned on. The HP All-in-One software must also be installed and running on your  
computer prior to scanning. To verify that the HP All-in-One software is running on a  
Windows PC, look for the HP All-in-One icon in the system tray at the lower right side  
of the screen, near the time. On a Mac, the HP All-in-One software is always running.  
Note Closing the HP Digital Imaging Monitor icon in your Windows system  
tray can cause your HP All-in-One to lose some of its scan functionality and  
result in the No Connection error message. If this happens, you can restore  
full functionality by restarting your computer or by starting the HP Image Zone  
software.  
Scan an original to a computer  
You can scan originals placed on the glass directly from the control panel.  
1. Load your original print side down in the right front corner of the glass.  
2. Press Scan, if it is not already lit.  
If your HP All-in-One is directly connected to a computer with a USB cable,  
the Scan To menu appears on the color graphics display. Skip to step 4.  
If your HP All-in-One is network-connected, the Scan Menu appears on the  
color graphics display. Continue to the next step.  
3. If your HP All-in-One is connected to one or more computers on a network, do the  
following:  
Press 1 to highlight Select Computer, and then press OK.  
The Select Computer menu appears, listing computers connected to the  
HP All-in-One.  
User Guide  
131  
           
Chapter 10  
Note The Select Computer menu might list computers with a USB  
connection in addition to those connected through the network.  
Press OK to select the default computer, or use the arrow buttons to  
highlight a different computer, and then press OK.  
The Scan To menu appears, listing destinations, including applications, for  
anything you scan.  
4. Press OK to select the default application to receive the scan, or use the arrow  
buttons to highlight a different application, and then press OK.  
A preview image of the scan appears in the HP Scanning (Windows) or HP Scan  
Pro (Mac) window on the computer, where you can edit it.  
5. Make any edits to the preview image. When you have finished, click Accept.  
For more information about editing a preview image, see the onscreen HP Image  
Zone Help that came with your software.  
The HP All-in-One sends the scan to the selected application. For example, if you  
chose the HP Image Zone, it automatically opens and displays the image.  
Scan an original to a memory card or storage device  
You can send the scanned image as a JPEG image to the memory card that is  
currently inserted or a storage device that is currently attached to the front USB port.  
This enables you to use the photo print options to print borderless prints and album  
pages from the scanned image.  
Note If your HP All-in-One is connected to a network, you can only send a  
scan to a memory card or storage device if it is being shared across the  
network. For more information, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.  
1. Load your original print side down in the right front corner of the glass.  
2. Press Scan, if it is not already lit.  
If your HP All-in-One is network-connected, the Scan Menu appears, listing  
various options or destinations. The default destination is whichever one you  
selected the last time you used this menu.  
If your HP All-in-One is directly connected to your computer, the Scan To  
menu appears.  
3. Press  
to highlight Memory Device, and then press OK.  
The HP All-in-One scans the image and saves the file to the memory card or  
storage device in the JPEG format.  
Scan slides or negative film  
You can scan slides and negative film from the control panel using the Slide and  
Negative Film holder. Before scanning slides and negatives, you must remove the lid  
backing and load the Slide and Negative Film holder. For more information, see Load  
To scan a slide or negative  
1. Load the Slide and Negative Film holder face down in the right front corner of the  
glass.  
132  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
     
2. Press Film to display the Film Menu.  
3. Select a destination for the final scan by pressing the number next to the item you  
want to select:  
Press 1 to send the scan to your computer.  
If your HP All-in-One is connected to one or more computers on a network, a  
Select Computer menu appears. Press the number next to the computer  
name you want to select.  
Press 2 to send the scan to a memory card inserted in a memory card slot,  
or to a storage device attached to the front USB port on your HP All-in-One.  
Press 3 to send the scan to the color graphics display if you want to print the  
scanned image immediately, edit the image, or set the image as wallpaper  
on your color graphics display.  
4. The scan is sent to the destination you selected.  
If you pressed 1, the scan is sent to your computer.  
If you pressed 2, the scan is sent to a memory card or storage device.  
If you pressed 3, press Start Black or Start Color to print the photo without  
making changes. You can also press Photo to view the Photo Menu where  
you can change your print options before printing.  
For more information about using the Easy Print Wizard, see Use the Easy  
Stop scanning  
To stop scanning, press Cancel on the control panel.  
Share a scanned image with friends and relatives  
You can share a scanned image with friends and family by sending it as an e-mail  
attachment, or by sending it using HP Instant Share.  
Send as an e-mail attachment  
You can save a scan to your computer, where you can then send the scanned image  
in an e-mail attachment.  
For information on saving a scanned image, see Scan an original to a computer.  
For more information on sending the scanned image as an e-mail attachment, see the  
onscreen HP Image Zone Help that came with your software.  
Send using HP Instant Share  
You can easily share scanned images with friends and family using the HP Instant  
Share online service. HP Instant Share enables you to send images to others as e-  
mail, upload photos to an online photo album or photo finishing service, or send the  
images to a network-connected HP All-in-One to print.  
User Guide  
133  
         
Chapter 10  
Note Availability of the services described here varies by country/region.  
Some of the services described here might not be available in your country/  
region.  
In order to take full advantage of the HP Instant Share features available from the  
control panel of a network-connected HP All-in-One, you must set up HP Instant  
Share on your HP All-in-One. For information on setting up and using HP Instant  
Share, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.  
Print a scanned image  
You can print a scanned image using the HP Image Zone software. For more  
information, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.  
Edit a scanned image  
You can edit a scanned image using the HP Image Zone software. You can also edit  
a scanned document by using your Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software.  
Edit a scanned photo or graphic  
You can edit a scanned photo or graphic using the HP Image Zone software. Using  
this software, you can adjust the brightness, contrast, color saturation, and more. You  
can also rotate the image using the HP Image Zone software.  
For more information, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.  
Edit a scanned document  
Scanning text (also known as optical character recognition or OCR) enables you to  
bring the content of magazine articles, books, and other printed matter into your  
favorite word processor and many other programs as fully editable text. Learning to do  
OCR right is important if you want to obtain the best results. Do not expect scanned  
text documents to be letter-perfect the first time you use your OCR software. Using  
OCR software is an art that takes time and practice to master. For more information  
about scanning documents, especially documents containing both text and graphics,  
see the documentation that came with your OCR software.  
134  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
       
11 Use the fax features  
You can use your HP All-in-One to send and receive faxes, including color faxes.  
Note Before you begin faxing, make sure you have set up your HP All-in-One  
properly for faxing. For more information, see Fax setup.  
This User Guide provides just a sampling of the fax features available to help you get  
started using your HP All-in-One to send and receive faxes. Explore the onscreen  
HP Image Zone Help that came with your HP All-in-One software for information on  
all the fax features that your HP All-in-One supports. For example, the onscreen  
HP Image Zone Help provides information on scheduling a fax to send, broadcasting  
a fax to multiple recipients, and more. For more information on the HP Image Zone  
Help, see Use the onscreen Help.  
Send a fax  
You can send a fax in a variety of ways. Using the control panel, you can send a black-  
and-white or color fax from your HP All-in-One. You can also send a fax manually  
from an attached phone. This allows you to speak with the recipient before sending  
the fax.  
If you frequently send faxes to the same numbers, you can set up speed dials. For  
more information on setting up speed dials, see Set up speed dialing.  
Send a basic fax  
You can easily send a single- or multiple-page black-and-white fax by using the  
control panel, as described here. If you want to send a color or photo fax, see the  
onscreen HP Image Zone Help.  
Note If you need printed confirmation that your faxes were successfully sent,  
enable fax confirmation before sending any faxes. For more information, see  
Tip You can also send a fax manually from a phone or by using monitor  
dialing. These features allow you to control the pace of your dialing. They are  
also useful when you want to use a calling card to charge the call and you  
need to respond to tone prompts while dialing. For more information, see Send  
1. Press Fax.  
The Enter Fax Number screen appears.  
2. Enter the fax number by using the keypad, press  
to redial the last number  
dialed, or press  
to access speed dials.  
3. Press Start Black.  
If the most recently sent black-and-white fax is stored in memory, the Fax Mode  
screen appears. Press 1 to send a new fax.  
User Guide  
135  
         
Chapter 11  
4. When prompted, load your original print side down on the right front corner of the  
glass.  
5. Press Start Black again.  
6. When the Another Page? prompt appears, do the following:  
If you have another page to fax  
a. Press 1 to select Yes.  
b. When prompted, load the next page of your original print side down on the  
right front corner of the glass.  
c. Press Start Black.  
If you do not have another page to fax  
Press 2 to select No.  
After all the pages are scanned, the HP All-in-One sends the fax.  
Send a fax manually from a phone  
You can initiate a fax call from a telephone on the same phone line as your HP All-in-  
One if you are more comfortable using the keypad on your phone, rather than using  
the keypad on the control panel of your HP All-in-One. This method of sending a fax is  
called manually sending a fax. When you send a fax manually, you can hear the dial  
tones, telephone prompts, or other sounds through the handset on your telephone.  
This makes it easy for you to use a calling card to send your fax.  
Depending on how the recipient has their fax machine set up, the recipient might  
answer the phone, or the fax machine might take the call. If a person answers the  
phone, you can speak with the recipient before sending the fax. If a fax machine  
answers the call, you can send the fax directly to the fax machine when you hear the  
fax tones from the receiving fax machine.  
You can send a black-and-white or color fax from a telephone. This section provides  
instructions for sending the fax in black and white.  
To send a fax manually from a phone  
1. Dial the number by using the keypad on the phone that is connected to your  
HP All-in-One.  
Note You must use the keypad on the phone to dial the number. Do not  
use the keypad on the control panel of the HP All-in-One.  
2. If the recipient answers the telephone, you can engage in a conversation before  
sending your fax.  
Note If a fax machine answers the call, you will hear fax tones from the  
receiving fax machine. Proceed to the next step to transmit the fax.  
3. Once you are ready to send the fax, press Fax.  
The Fax Mode screen appears.  
4. Press 1 to send a new fax.  
136  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
   
Tip If the most recently sent black-and-white fax is stored in memory, the  
second option on the Fax Mode screen enables you to send the fax in  
memory.  
5. When prompted, load your original print side down on the right front corner of the  
glass.  
Tip If you are sending the fax directly to a fax machine, and will not be  
speaking with a recipient before sending the fax, you might find it more  
convenient to load the first page of your original on the glass before  
initiating the fax call.  
6. Press Start Black.  
Note If you were speaking with the recipient before sending the fax,  
inform the recipient that they should press Start on their fax machine after  
they hear fax tones.  
7. When the Another Page? prompt appears, do the following:  
If you have another page to fax  
a. Press 1 to select Yes.  
b. When prompted, load the next page of your original print side down on the  
right front corner of the glass.  
c. Press Start Black.  
If you do not have another page to fax  
Press 2 to select No.  
The telephone line is silent while the fax is transmitting. At this point, you can  
hang up the telephone. If you want to continue speaking with the recipient,  
remain on the line until the fax transmission is complete.  
Send a fax using monitor dialing  
Monitor dialing allows you to dial a number from the control panel as you would dial a  
regular telephone. When you send a fax using monitor dialing, you can hear the dial  
tones, telephone prompts, or other sounds through the speakers on your HP All-in-  
One. This enables you to respond to prompts while dialing, as well as control the pace  
of your dialing.  
Tip If you want to use monitor dialing to send a fax with a calling card, HP  
recommends you create a speed dial entry to store the personal identification  
number (PIN) for your calling card. If you do not store the PIN in a speed dial  
entry, you might not be able to enter the PIN fast enough. The HP All-in-One  
might begin transmitting fax tones before you are able to finish entering your  
PIN, and the call will fail.  
You can send a black-and-white or color fax using monitor dialing. This section  
provides instructions for sending the fax in black and white.  
User Guide  
137  
   
Chapter 11  
Note Make sure the volume is turned on, or you will not hear a dial tone. For  
more information, see Adjust the volume.  
To send a fax using monitor dialing from the control panel  
1. Press Fax.  
The Enter Fax Number screen appears.  
2. Press Start Black.  
3. When prompted, load your original print side down on the right front corner of the  
glass.  
4. Press Start Black again.  
5. When the Another Page? prompt appears, do the following:  
If you have another page to fax  
a. Press 1 to select Yes.  
b. When prompted, load the next page of your original print side down on the  
right front corner of the glass.  
c. Press Start Black.  
If you do not have another page to fax  
Press 2 to select No.  
The Enter Fax Number screen reappears.  
6. Once you hear the dial tone, enter the number by using the keypad on the control  
panel.  
7. Follow any prompts that might occur.  
Tip If you are using a calling card to send the fax, when prompted to  
enter your PIN, press  
to access the speed dial entry where you have  
your PIN stored, and then press OK to select it.  
Your fax is sent when the receiving fax machine answers.  
Receive a fax  
Depending on the Auto Answer setting, your HP All-in-One can receive faxes  
automatically or manually. If you have set the Auto Answer option to Off, you will  
need to receive faxes manually. If the Auto Answer option is set to On (the default  
setting), your HP All-in-One will automatically answer incoming calls and receive faxes  
after the number of rings specified by the Rings to Answer setting. (The default  
Rings to Answer setting is five rings.) For more information on Auto Answer, see  
Receive a fax manually  
If you set up your HP All-in-One to receive faxes manually (the Auto Answer option is  
set to Off) or you answer the phone and hear fax tones, use the instructions in this  
section to receive faxes.  
1. Make sure the HP All-in-One is turned on and you have paper loaded in the main  
tray.  
138  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
       
2. If you are currently on the phone with the sender, instruct the sender to press  
Start on their fax machine.  
3. When you hear fax tones from a sending fax machine, do the following:  
a. Press the Fax button on the control panel of your HP All-in-One.  
b. Press  
until Receive Fax Manually is highlighted, and then press OK.  
c. Press Start Black or Start Color.  
d. After the HP All-in-One begins to receive the fax, you can hang up the phone.  
Tip If the phone you are using is on the same phone line as your HP All-  
in-One, but is not plugged into the "2–EXT" port on the back of the HP All-  
in-One, you might not be close enough to your HP All-in-One to reach the  
control panel. If you cannot reach the control panel, wait several seconds,  
and then press 1 2 3 on your phone.  
If the HP All-in-One does not begin receiving the fax, wait several more  
seconds and press 1 2 3 again. After the HP All-in-One begins to receive  
the fax, you can hang up the phone.  
Set up backup fax reception  
Depending on your preference and security requirements, you can set up the HP All-  
in-One to store all the faxes it receives, only the faxes it receives while the device is in  
an error condition, or none of the faxes it receives.  
Note The HP All-in-One deletes all the faxes stored in its memory when you  
turn off the HP All-in-One. You can also delete the faxes from memory by  
clearing the fax log from the Setup Menu, or changing the Backup Fax  
Reception mode to Off. For more information, see the onscreen HP Image  
Zone Help.  
The following Backup Fax Reception modes are available: On, On Error Only, and  
Off.  
On is the default setting. When Backup Fax Reception is On, the HP All-in-One  
stores all faxes it receives in memory. This enables you to reprint up to eight of  
the most recently printed faxes if they are still saved in memory. For more  
Note After the memory becomes full, the HP All-in-One overwrites the  
oldest, printed faxes as it receives new faxes. If the memory becomes full  
of unprinted faxes, the HP All-in-One will stop answering incoming fax calls.  
On Error Only causes the HP All-in-One to store faxes in memory only if there is  
an error condition that prevents the HP All-in-One from printing the faxes (for  
example, if the HP All-in-One runs out of paper). The HP All-in-One will continue  
to store incoming faxes as long as there is memory available. (If the memory  
becomes full, the HP All-in-One will stop answering incoming fax calls.) When the  
error condition is resolved, the faxes stored in memory print automatically and are  
then deleted from memory.  
Off means that faxes are never stored in memory. (You might want to turn off  
Backup Fax Reception for security purposes, for example.) If an error condition  
occurs that prevents the HP All-in-One from printing (for example, the HP All-in-  
One runs out of paper), the HP All-in-One will stop answering incoming fax calls.  
User Guide  
139  
   
Chapter 11  
Note If Backup Fax Reception is enabled and you turn off the HP All-in-  
One, all faxes stored in memory are deleted, including any unprinted faxes that  
you might have received while the HP All-in-One was in an error condition.  
You will need to contact the senders to ask them to resend any unprinted  
faxes. (For a list of the faxes you have received, print the fax log. The fax log,  
containing a list of the numbers from which you have received faxes, is not  
deleted when the HP All-in-One is turned off. For more information on the fax  
log, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.)  
To set backup fax reception from the control panel  
1. Press Setup.  
2. Press 4, and then press 5.  
This displays the Advanced Fax Setup menu and then selects Backup Fax  
Reception.  
3. Press  
to select On, On Error Only, or Off.  
4. Press OK.  
Reprint received faxes from memory  
If you set the Backup Fax Reception mode to On, the HP All-in-One stores faxes it  
receives in memory, whether the device has an error condition or not. For more  
information on Backup Fax Reception, see Set up backup fax reception.  
Note The HP All-in-One deletes all the faxes stored in its memory when you  
turn off the HP All-in-One. You can also delete the faxes from memory by  
clearing the fax log from the Setup Menu, or changing the Backup Fax  
Reception mode to Off. For more information, see the onscreen HP Image  
Zone Help.  
Depending on the sizes of the faxes in memory, you can reprint up to eight of the  
most recently printed faxes, if they are still in memory. For example, you might need  
to reprint your faxes if you lost the copy of your last printout.  
1. Make sure you have paper loaded in the main tray.  
2. Press Setup.  
3. Press 5, and then press 7.  
This displays the Tools menu and then selects Reprint Faxes in Memory.  
The faxes are printed in the reverse order they were received with the most  
recently received fax printed first, and so on.  
4. If you want to stop reprinting the faxes in memory, press Cancel.  
Print reports  
You can set up your HP All-in-One to print error reports and confirmation reports  
automatically for each fax you send and receive. You can also manually print system  
reports as you need them; these reports provide useful system information about your  
HP All-in-One.  
For more information on the system reports you can generate, see the onscreen  
HP Image Zone Help.  
140  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
       
Print fax confirmation reports  
If you need printed confirmation that your faxes were successfully sent, follow these  
instructions to enable fax confirmation before sending any faxes. Select either On  
Fax Send or Send and Receive.  
1. Press Setup.  
2. Press 1, and then press 2.  
This displays the Print Report menu and then selects Fax Confirmation.  
3. Press  
to highlight one of the following, and then press OK.  
On Fax Send  
Prints a fax confirmation report for every fax you send.  
On Fax Receive Prints a fax confirmation report for every fax you receive.  
Send and  
Receive  
Prints a fax confirmation report for every fax you send and  
receive.  
Off  
Does not print a fax confirmation report when you send and  
receive faxes successfully. This is the default setting.  
Print fax error reports  
You can configure your HP All-in-One so that it automatically prints a report when  
there is an error during transmission.  
1. Press Setup.  
2. Press 1, and then press 3.  
This displays the Print Report menu and then selects Fax Error Report.  
3. Press  
to highlight one of the following, and then press OK.  
On Fax Send  
Prints whenever there is a transmission error.  
On Fax Receive Prints whenever there is a receiving error.  
Send and  
Receive  
Prints whenever there is any kind of fax error. This is the  
default setting.  
Off  
Does not print any fax error reports.  
User Guide  
141  
     
Chapter 11  
Stop faxing  
You can cancel a fax you are sending or receiving at any time.  
To stop faxing from the control panel  
Press Cancel on the control panel to stop a fax you are sending or receiving.  
Look for the Fax Cancelled message on the color graphics display. If it does not  
appear, press Cancel again.  
The HP All-in-One prints any pages it has already started printing and then  
cancels the remainder of the fax. This can take a few moments.  
To cancel a number you are dialing  
Press Cancel to cancel a number you are currently dialing.  
142  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
   
12 Order supplies  
You can order HP products, such as recommended types of paper, ink cartridges, and  
accessories, online from the HP website.  
Order paper, transparency film, or other media  
To order media such as HP Premium Paper, HP Premium Plus Photo Paper, or  
HP Premium Inkjet Transparency Film, go to www.hp.com/learn/suresupply. If  
prompted, choose your country/region, follow the prompts to select your product, and  
then click one of the shopping links on the page.  
Order ink cartridges  
Ink cartridge reorder numbers vary by country/region. If the reorder numbers listed in  
this guide do not match the numbers on the ink cartridges currently installed in your  
HP All-in-One, order new HP Vivera ink cartridges with the same numbers as those  
you currently have installed. Your HP All-in-One supports the following ink cartridges.  
Ink cartridges  
Symbol HP reorder number  
Black ink cartridge  
HP 02 Black Ink Cartridge  
Cyan ink cartridge  
HP 02 Cyan Ink Cartridge  
Light cyan ink cartridge  
Magenta ink cartridge  
HP 02 Light Cyan Ink Cartridge  
HP 02 Magenta Ink Cartridge  
HP 02 Light Magenta Ink Cartridge  
Light magenta ink cartridge  
Yellow ink cartridge  
HP 02 Yellow Ink Cartridge  
You can also find out the reorder numbers for all the ink cartridges your device  
supports by doing the following:  
For Windows users: In the HP Solution Center, click Settings, point to Print  
Settings, and then click Printer Toolbox. Click the Estimated Ink Levels tab,  
and then click Ink Cartridge Ordering Information.  
For Mac users: In the HP Image Zone, click the Devices tab. In the Select  
Devices area, click the icon for your HP All-in-One. In the Device Options area,  
click Settings, and then choose Maintain Printer. If prompted, select your HP All-  
in-One, and then click Utilities. From the pop-up menu, choose Supplies.  
User Guide  
143  
         
Chapter 12  
Additionally, you can contact a local HP reseller or go to www.hp.com/support to  
confirm the correct ink cartridge reorder numbers for your country/region.  
To order ink cartridges for your HP All-in-One, go to www.hp.com/learn/suresupply. If  
prompted, choose your country/region, follow the prompts to select your product, and  
then click one of the shopping links on the page.  
Order accessories  
To order accessories for your HP All-in-One, go to www.hp.com/learn/suresupply. If  
prompted, choose your country/region, follow the prompts to select your product, and  
then click one of the shopping links on the page. Depending on your country/region,  
your HP All-in-One might support the following accessories.  
Accessory and HP  
Description  
model number  
HP Bluetooth® Wireless  
Printer Adapter  
Enables you to print from a Bluetooth device to your HP All-in-One.  
This accessory plugs into the front USB port on the HP All-in-One  
and accepts print jobs from supported Bluetooth devices, such as a  
digital camera phone, personal digital assistant (PDA), or Bluetooth-  
enabled Windows or Mac computer.  
bt300 / bt400 / bt450  
Order other supplies  
To order other supplies, such as HP All-in-One software, a copy of the printed User  
Guide, a Setup Guide, or other customer-replaceable parts, call the appropriate  
number below:  
In the U.S. or Canada, dial 1-800-474-6836 (1-800-HP invent).  
In Europe, dial +49 180 5 290220 (Germany) or +44 870 606 9081 (U.K.).  
To order HP All-in-One software in other countries/regions, call the phone number for  
your country/region. The numbers listed below are current as of the publication date of  
this guide. For a list of current ordering numbers, go to www.hp.com/support. If  
prompted, choose your country/region, and then click Contact HP for information on  
calling for technical support.  
Country/region  
Asia Pacific (except for Japan)  
Australia  
Number for ordering  
65 272 5300  
1300 721 147  
Europe  
+49 180 5 290220 (Germany)  
+44 870 606 9081 (U.K.)  
New Zealand  
South Africa  
0800 441 147  
+27 (0)11 8061030  
U.S. and Canada  
1-800-HP-INVENT (1-800-474-6836)  
144  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
         
13 Maintain your HP All-in-One  
The HP All-in-One requires little maintenance. Sometimes you might want to clean the  
glass and lid backing to remove surface dust and ensure that your copies and scans  
remain clear. Occasionally, you will also need to replace your ink cartridges, align the  
printer, and clean the print head. This chapter provides instructions for keeping your  
HP All-in-One in top working condition. Perform these simple maintenance procedures  
as necessary.  
Clean the HP All-in-One  
Fingerprints, smudges, hair, and other debris on the glass or lid backing slow down  
performance and affect the accuracy of special features such as Fit to Page. To  
ensure that your copies and scans remain clear, you might need to clean the glass  
and lid backing. You might also want to dust the exterior of the HP All-in-One.  
Clean the glass  
Dirty glass from fingerprints, smudges, hair, and dust slows down performance and  
affects the accuracy of features such as Fit to Page.  
1. Turn off the HP All-in-One, unplug the power cord, and raise the lid.  
Note When you turn off the HP All-in-One, any faxes stored in memory  
are erased.  
2. Clean the glass with a soft cloth or sponge slightly moistened with a nonabrasive  
glass cleaner.  
Caution Do not use abrasives, acetone, benzene, or carbon  
tetrachloride on the glass; they can damage it. Do not place or spray liquid  
directly on the glass; the liquid might seep under the glass and damage  
the device.  
3. Dry the glass with a chamois or cellulose sponge to prevent spotting.  
Clean the lid backing  
Minor debris can accumulate on the white document backing located underneath the  
lid of the HP All-in-One.  
1. Turn off the HP All-in-One, unplug the power cord, and raise the lid.  
Note When you turn off the HP All-in-One, any faxes stored in memory  
are erased.  
2. Clean the white document backing with a soft cloth or sponge slightly moistened  
with a mild soap and warm water.  
3. Wash the backing gently to loosen debris. Do not scrub the backing.  
4. Dry the backing with a chamois or soft cloth.  
User Guide  
145  
       
Chapter 13  
Caution Do not use paper-based wipes, as these might scratch the  
backing.  
5. If further cleaning is needed, repeat the previous steps using isopropyl (rubbing)  
alcohol, and wipe the backing thoroughly with a damp cloth to remove any  
residual alcohol.  
Caution Be careful not to spill alcohol on the glass or painted parts of the  
HP All-in-One, as this might damage the device.  
Clean the exterior  
Use a soft cloth or slightly moistened sponge to wipe dust, smudges, and stains off  
the case. The interior of the HP All-in-One does not require cleaning. Keep fluids  
away from the control panel and the interior of the HP All-in-One.  
Caution To avoid damage to painted parts of the HP All-in-One, do not use  
alcohol or alcohol-based cleaning products on the control panel, lid, or other  
painted parts of the device.  
Check the estimated ink levels  
You can easily check the ink supply level to determine how soon you might need to  
replace an ink cartridge. The ink supply level shows an estimate of the amount of ink  
remaining in the ink cartridges.  
Tip You can also print a self-test report to see if your ink cartridges might  
need to be replaced. For more information, see Print a self-test report.  
To check the ink levels from the idle screen on the color graphics display  
Look for six icons at the bottom of the color graphics display. The icons represent  
the ink level remaining in each of the six color ink cartridges: black, yellow, light  
cyan (blue), dark cyan, light magenta (pink), and dark magenta.  
To see a larger, more accurate view of the ink levels, display the ink gauge from  
the Setup menu. For more information, see To check the ink levels from the  
If you are using an ink cartridge containing non-HP ink, a question mark appears  
instead of the ink drop in the icon for that cartridge. The HP All-in-One cannot  
detect the amount of ink remaining in ink cartridges that contain non-HP ink.  
Note HP cannot guarantee the quality or reliability of non-HP ink. Printer  
service or repairs required as a result of printer failure or damage  
attributable to the use of non-HP ink will not be covered under warranty.  
If an icon shows a hollow ink drop, the ink cartridge represented by that color icon  
has very little ink remaining and will need to be changed soon. You might be able  
to continue printing for a short period of time with ink remaining in the print head  
assembly. Replace the ink cartridge when the Replace Soon warning message  
appears on the color graphics display.  
146  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
     
When the Empty Ink message appears on the color graphics display, the  
indicated ink cartridge and print head assembly is entirely out of ink. Immediately  
replace the indicated ink cartridge.  
For more information about the icons on the color graphics display, see Color  
You can also check the estimated amount of ink remaining in your ink cartridges from  
the computer. See the onscreen HP Image Zone Help for information on checking  
the ink levels from the Printer Toolbox. For more information, see Use the onscreen  
Help.  
To check the ink levels from the Setup menu  
1. Press Setup.  
2. Press 5, then press 1.  
This displays the Tools menu, and then selects Display Ink Gauge.  
The gauges for the six ink cartridges appear on the color graphics display.  
Print a self-test report  
If you are experiencing problems with printing, print a self-test report. This report can  
help you diagnose printing problems and can provide valuable information if you need  
to call HP customer support.  
1. Load letter, A4, or legal unused plain white paper into the main tray.  
2. Press Setup.  
3. Press 1, then press 1 again.  
This displays the Print Report menu and then selects Self-Test Report.  
The HP All-in-One prints a self-test report, which contains the following  
information:  
Product information: includes the model number, serial number, and other  
product information.  
Revision information: includes the firmware version number and whether or  
not you have an HP two-sided printing accessory installed.  
Ink delivery system information: displays the approximate ink level of each  
installed ink cartridge, the status of each ink cartridge, the date each  
cartridge was installed, and the date each cartridge will expire.  
User Guide  
147  
     
Chapter 13  
Print quality pattern: displays six color blocks, representing each of the six  
installed cartridges. Solid, even blocks of color indicate there are no print  
quality problems. When streaks are displayed or there are missing blocks,  
clean the print head using the procedure described in Clean the print head. If  
the color blocks still show print quality problems after cleaning the print head,  
align the printer using the procedure described in Align the printer. If the  
color blocks continue to show print quality problems after cleaning and  
aligning, contact HP customer support.  
Bluetooth information: lists the settings for the optional Bluetooth device.  
History log: contains information that might be used for diagnostic purposes  
if you need to call HP customer support.  
Work with ink cartridges  
To ensure the best print quality from your HP All-in-One, you will need to perform  
some simple maintenance procedures. This section provides guidelines for handling  
the ink cartridges, and instructions for replacing the ink cartridges, aligning the printer,  
and cleaning the print head and ink cartridge contacts.  
Replace the ink cartridges  
When the ink level for the ink cartridge is low, a message appears on the color  
graphics display. When you receive this message, make sure you have a replacement  
ink cartridge available.  
To find out the reorder number for all the ink cartridges that your HP All-in-One  
supports, see Order supplies. To order ink cartridges for your HP All-in-One, go to  
www.hp.com/learn/suresupply. If prompted, choose your country/region, follow the  
prompts to select your product, and then click one of the shopping links on the page.  
To replace the ink cartridges  
1. Open the ink cartridge access door by lifting from the front center of the device,  
until the door locks into place.  
2. Squeeze the tab below an ink cartridge to release the latch inside the HP All-in-  
One, and then lift the latch.  
If you are replacing the black ink cartridge, lift the latch on the far left.  
If you are replacing one of the five color ink cartridges, such as yellow, light cyan,  
cyan, light magenta, or magenta, lift the appropriate latch in the center area.  
148  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
     
1
2
Ink cartridge latch for the black ink cartridge  
Ink cartridge latches for the color ink cartridges  
3. Pull the ink cartridge toward you out of its slot.  
Tip If you are removing the ink cartridge because it is low or out of ink,  
recycle the ink cartridge. The HP Inkjet Supplies Recycling Program is  
available in many countries/regions, and lets you recycle used ink  
cartridges free of charge. For more information, go to the following website:  
4. Remove the new ink cartridge from its packaging, and then, holding it by the  
handle, slide the ink cartridge into the empty slot.  
Make sure that you insert the ink cartridge into the slot that has the same shaped  
icon and color as the one you are installing.  
User Guide  
149  
Chapter 13  
5. Press down on the gray latch until it clicks into place.  
6. Repeat steps 2 through 5 for each ink cartridge you are replacing.  
7. Close the ink cartridge access door.  
Align the printer  
Use this feature when the self-test report shows streaking or white lines through any  
of the blocks of color.  
If you still have print quality problems after aligning the printer, try cleaning the print  
head using the procedure described in Clean the print head. If print quality problems  
persist after aligning and cleaning, contact HP customer support.  
To align the printer from the control panel  
1. Load letter or A4 unused plain white paper into the main tray.  
2. Press Setup.  
3. Press 5, then press 3.  
This displays the Tools menu and then selects Align Printer.  
The HP All-in-One prints a test page, aligns the print head, and calibrates the  
printer. Recycle or discard the page.  
For information on aligning the printer by using the HP Image Zone software that  
came with your HP All-in-One, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help. For more  
information, see Use the onscreen Help.  
150  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
   
Clean the print head  
Use this feature when the self-test report shows streaking or white lines through any  
of the blocks of color. Do not clean the print head unnecessarily, as this wastes ink  
and shortens the life of the ink nozzles on the print head.  
If print quality still seems poor after you clean the print head, try aligning the printer  
using the procedure described in Align the printer. If print quality problems persist  
after cleaning and aligning, contact HP customer support.  
To clean the print head from the control panel  
1. Load letter or A4 unused plain white paper into the main tray.  
2. Press Setup.  
3. Press 5, then press 2.  
This displays the Tools menu and then selects Clean Printhead.  
The HP All-in-One prints a page that you can recycle or discard.  
For information on cleaning the print head by using the HP Image Zone software that  
came with your HP All-in-One, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help. For more  
information, see also Use the onscreen Help.  
Clean the ink cartridge contacts  
Clean the copper-colored ink cartridge contacts if a message appears on the color  
graphics display that says a cartridge is missing or damaged.  
Before cleaning the ink cartridge contacts, remove the ink cartridge and verify that  
nothing is covering the ink cartridge contacts or the ink cartridge slot, then reinstall the  
ink cartridge. If you continue to get a message that says a cartridge is missing or  
damaged, clean the ink cartridge contacts. If you still get this message after cleaning  
the contacts, you will need a replacement ink cartridge. Remove the affected ink  
cartridge and look at the end-of-warranty date on the bottom. If it is before the end-of-  
warranty date, contact HP customer support to obtain a replacement ink cartridge.  
Make sure you have the following materials available:  
Dry foam rubber swabs, lint-free cloth, or any soft material that will not come  
apart or leave fibers.  
Distilled, filtered, or bottled water (tap water might contain contaminants that can  
damage the ink cartridges).  
Caution Do not use platen cleaners or alcohol to clean the ink cartridge  
contacts. These can damage the ink cartridge or the HP All-in-One.  
To clean the ink cartridge contacts  
1. Unplug the power cord from the back of the HP All-in-One.  
Note When you unplug the power cord, any faxes stored in memory are  
erased.  
2. Lift the ink cartridge access door.  
3. Squeeze the tab below an ink cartridge to release the latch inside the HP All-in-  
One, and then lift the latch.  
User Guide  
151  
     
Chapter 13  
Note Do not remove multiple ink cartridges at the same time. Remove  
and clean each ink cartridge one at a time. Do not leave an ink cartridge  
outside the HP All-in-One for more than 30 minutes.  
4. Inspect the ink cartridge contacts for ink and debris buildup.  
5. Dip a clean foam rubber swab or lint-free cloth into distilled water, and squeeze  
any excess water from it.  
Note Hold the ink cartridge by its handle. Do not touch the copper-  
colored contacts.  
6. Clean only the copper-colored contacts.  
1
Copper-colored contacts  
7. Place the ink cartridge back into the empty slot and press down on the gray latch  
until it clicks into place.  
8. Repeat if necessary for the other ink cartridges.  
9. Gently close the ink cartridge access door and plug the power cord into the back  
of the HP All-in-One.  
Self-maintenance sounds  
The HP All-in-One will make mechanical noises at various times to perform periodic  
maintenance functions, such as replenishing the ink levels in the print head assembly  
or cleaning the print head. This is normal operation and is necessary to ensure the  
HP All-in-One produces the best quality printouts.  
Caution A message on the color graphics display will notify you when the  
HP All-in-One is performing maintenance functions. Do not remove power from  
the device during this time.  
152  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
 
14 Troubleshooting information  
This chapter contains troubleshooting information for the HP All-in-One. Specific  
information is provided for installation and configuration issues, and some operational  
topics. For more troubleshooting information, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help  
that came with your software. For more information, see Use the onscreen Help.  
Many issues are caused when the HP All-in-One is connected to the computer using a  
USB cable before the HP All-in-One software is installed on the computer. If you  
connected the HP All-in-One to your computer before the software installation screen  
prompts you to do so, you must follow the steps below.  
Troubleshooting common setup issues  
1. Disconnect the USB cable from the computer.  
2. Uninstall the software (if you have already installed it).  
3. Restart your computer.  
4. Turn off the HP All-in-One, wait one minute, then restart it.  
5. Reinstall the HP All-in-One software.  
Caution Do not connect the USB cable to the computer until prompted by the  
software installation screen.  
For information about uninstalling and reinstalling the software, see Uninstall and  
See the list below for information on topics covered in this chapter.  
Additional troubleshooting topics in this User Guide  
Setup troubleshooting: Contains information on hardware setup, software  
installation, and fax setup troubleshooting information.  
Operational troubleshooting: Contains information on issues that might occur  
during normal tasks when using the HP All-in-One features.  
Device update: Based on advice from HP customer support or a message on the  
color graphics display, you might access the HP support website to retrieve an  
upgrade for your device. This section contains information about updating your  
device.  
Note Network troubleshooting information is not discussed in this chapter.  
For more information, see Network troubleshooting.  
Other sources of information  
Setup Guide: The Setup Guide explains how to set up the HP All-in-One.  
User Guide: The User Guide is the book you are reading. This book describes  
the basic features of the HP All-in-One, explains how to use the HP All-in-One,  
and contains setup and operational troubleshooting information.  
User Guide  
153  
 
Chapter 14  
HP Image Zone Help: The onscreen HP Image Zone Help describes how to use  
the HP All-in-One with a computer and contains additional troubleshooting  
information not covered in the User Guide.  
Readme file: The Readme file contains information on system requirements and  
possible installation problems. For more information, see View the Readme file.  
If you are unable to solve the problem using the onscreen Help or HP websites, call  
HP Support using the number for your country/region. For more information, see HP  
View the Readme file  
You might want to refer to the Readme file for information on system requirements  
and possible installation problems.  
In Windows, you can access the Readme file from Windows taskbar by clicking  
Start, pointing to Programs or All Programs, pointing to HP, pointing to  
Photosmart All-in-One 3300 series, and then clicking Readme.  
In Mac OS X, you can access the Readme file by double-clicking the icon located  
in the top-level folder of the HP All-in-One software CD-ROM.  
Setup troubleshooting  
This section includes installation and configuration troubleshooting tips for some of the  
most common issues associated with hardware, software, and fax setup.  
Hardware setup troubleshooting  
Use this section to solve any problems you might encounter while setting up the  
HP All-in-One hardware.  
My HP All-in-One does not turn on  
Solution Make sure the power cord is firmly connected, and wait a few  
seconds for the HP All-in-One to turn on. If this is the first time you have turned  
on the HP All-in-One, it can take up to a minute to turn on. Also, if the HP All-in-  
One is plugged in to a power strip, make sure the power strip is turned on.  
1
2
Power connection  
Grounded power outlet  
154  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
           
I connected the USB cable, but I am having problems using the HP All-in-One  
with my computer  
Solution You must first install the software that came with your HP All-in-One  
before connecting the USB cable. During installation, do not plug in the USB  
cable until prompted by the onscreen instructions. Connecting the USB cable  
before prompted can cause errors.  
Once you have installed the software, connecting your computer to your HP All-in-  
One with a USB cable is straightforward. Simply plug one end of the USB cable  
into the back of your computer and the other into the back of the HP All-in-One.  
You can connect to any USB port on the back of your computer.  
Note Make sure you connected the USB cable to the correct port on the  
back of your HP All-in-One.  
I received a message on the color graphics display to attach the control panel  
faceplate  
Solution This might mean the control panel faceplate is not attached, or it is  
attached incorrectly. Make sure to align the faceplate over the buttons on the top  
of the HP All-in-One and snap it firmly into place.  
User Guide  
155  
 
Chapter 14  
The color graphics display shows the wrong language  
Solution You can change the language settings at any time from the Setup  
Menu. For more information, see Set your language and country/region.  
The wrong measurements are showing in menus on the color graphics display  
Solution You might have selected the incorrect country/region on your HP All-  
in-One. The country/region you select determines the paper sizes shown on the  
color graphics display.  
To change the country/region, you must reset the language settings. You can  
change the language settings at any time from the Setup Menu. For more  
I received a message on the color graphics display to align the printer  
Solution Printer maintenance is required to ensure excellent print quality. For  
more information, see Align the printer.  
I received a message on the color graphics display that the printer alignment  
failed  
Cause The incorrect type of paper is loaded in the main tray, for example,  
colored paper, paper with text on it or certain recycled paper.  
Solution Load unused plain white letter or A4 paper into the main tray, and  
then try the alignment again.  
If the alignment fails again, you might have a defective sensor or ink cartridge.  
Contact HP Support. Go to www.hp.com/support. If prompted, choose your  
country/region, and then click Contact HP for information on calling for technical  
support.  
156  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
     
Cause The contacts on the ink cartridge are not touching the contacts in the  
ink cartridge slot.  
Solution Remove and then reinsert the ink cartridges. Verify that they are fully  
inserted and locked in place. For more information see Replace the ink cartridges.  
Cause The ink cartridge or sensor is defective.  
Solution Contact HP Support. Go to www.hp.com/support. If prompted,  
choose your country/region, and then click Contact HP for information on calling  
for technical support.  
The HP All-in-One does not print  
Solution For information on network communication problems or  
communication problems involving a memory card, PictBridge camera, or storage  
device, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help. For more information on the  
HP Image Zone Help, see Use the onscreen Help.  
If your HP All-in-One and computer are USB-connected and are not  
communicating with each other, try the following:  
Look at the color graphics display on the HP All-in-One. If the color graphics  
display is blank and the On button is not lit, the HP All-in-One is turned off.  
Make sure the power cord is firmly connected to the HP All-in-One and  
plugged into a power outlet. Press the On button to turn on the HP All-in-One.  
Check the USB cable. If you are using an older cable, it might not be working  
properly. Try connecting it to another product to see if the USB cable works.  
If you experience problems, the USB cable might need to be replaced. Also  
verify that the cable does not exceed 3 meters (9.8 feet) in length.  
Make sure your computer is USB ready. Some operating systems, such as  
Windows 95 and Windows NT, do not support USB connections. Check the  
documentation that came with your operating system for more information.  
Check the connection from your HP All-in-One to your computer. Verify that  
the USB cable is securely plugged into the USB port on the back of your  
HP All-in-One. Make sure the other end of the USB cable is plugged into a  
USB port on your computer. After the cable is connected properly, turn your  
HP All-in-One off and then on again.  
User Guide  
157  
Chapter 14  
If you are connecting the HP All-in-One through a USB hub, make sure the  
hub is turned on. If the hub is on, try connecting directly to your computer.  
Make sure the USB port speed setting on your HP All-in-One is compatible  
with the USB port speed of your computer. You might need to change the  
rear USB port speed from High Speed (USB 2.0) to Full Speed (USB 1.1).  
For more information, see Connect using a USB cable.  
Try printing from a different application or a different file to determine  
whether or not it is the file causing the printing issue.  
Check other printers or scanners. You might need to disconnect older  
products from your computer.  
If your HP All-in-One is networked, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help  
that came with your HP All-in-One. For more information on the HP Image  
Zone Help, see Use the onscreen Help.  
Try connecting the USB cable to another USB port on your computer. After  
you check the connections, try restarting your computer. Turn your HP All-in-  
One off and then on again.  
If necessary, remove and then install the HP Image Zone software again.  
For more information, see Uninstall and reinstall the software.  
For more information on setting up your HP All-in-One and connecting it to your  
computer, see the Setup Guide that came with your HP All-in-One.  
I received a message on the color graphics display about a paper jam or a  
stalled print head assembly  
Solution If either a paper jam or stalled print head assembly error message  
appears on the color graphics display, there might be some packing material  
inside the HP All-in-One. Lift open the ink cartridge access door to expose the ink  
cartridges and remove any objects that are blocking the print head assembly  
including any packing materials. For more information about clearing a paper jam,  
158  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
 
Software installation troubleshooting  
If you encounter a problem during software installation, see the topics below for a  
possible solution. If you encounter a hardware problem during setup, see Hardware  
During a normal installation of the HP All-in-One software, the following events occur:  
1. The HP All-in-One software CD-ROM runs automatically.  
2. The software installs.  
3. Files are copied to your computer.  
4. You are requested to connect the HP All-in-One to your computer.  
5. A green OK and check mark appear on an installation wizard screen.  
6. You are requested to restart your computer.  
7. The Fax Setup Wizard (Windows) or Fax Setup Utility (Mac) runs.  
8. The registration process runs.  
If any of these things did not occur, there might be a problem with the installation.  
To check the installation on a Windows computer, verify the following:  
Start the HP Solution Center and check to make sure the following buttons  
appear: Scan Picture, Scan Document, Send a Fax. If the icons do not appear  
immediately, you might need to wait a few minutes for the HP All-in-One to  
connect to your computer. Otherwise, see Some of the buttons are missing in the  
For information on starting the HP Solution Center, see the onscreen HP Image  
Zone Help that came with your software.  
Open the Printers dialog box and check to see that the HP All-in-One is listed.  
Look in the system tray at the far right of the Windows taskbar for an HP All-in-  
One icon. This indicates that the HP All-in-One is ready.  
When I insert the CD-ROM into my computer’s CD-ROM drive, nothing happens  
Solution If the installation does not run automatically, you can start it manually.  
To start the installation from a Windows computer  
1. From the Windows Start menu, click Run.  
2. In the Run dialog box, enter d:\setup.exe (if your CD-ROM drive is not  
assigned to drive letter D, enter the appropriate drive letter), and then click OK.  
To start the installation from a Mac  
1. Double-click the CD icon on your desktop to view the contents of the CD.  
2. Double-click the Setup icon.  
The minimum system checks screen appears (Windows)  
Solution Your system does not meet the minimum requirements to install the  
software. Click Details to see what the specific problem is, and then correct the  
problem before attempting to install the software.  
User Guide  
159  
 
Chapter 14  
You can also try installing HP Image Zone Express instead. HP Image Zone  
Express provides less functionality than the HP Image Zone software, but it  
requires less space and memory on your computer.  
For more information about installing the HP Image Zone Express software, see  
the Setup Guide that came with your HP All-in-One.  
A red X appears on the USB connect prompt  
Solution Normally, a green check appears indicating that the plug and play is  
successful. A red X indicates that the plug and play failed.  
Do the following:  
1. Verify that the control panel faceplate is firmly attached, unplug the HP All-in-  
One power cord, and then plug it in again.  
2. Verify that the USB and power cables are plugged in.  
3. Click Retry to retry the plug and play setup. If this does not work, continue to  
the next step.  
4. Verify that the USB cable is set up properly as follows:  
Unplug the USB cable and plug it in again.  
Do not attach the USB cable to a keyboard or non-powered hub.  
Verify that the USB cable is 3 meters or less in length.  
If you have several USB devices attached to your computer, you might  
want to unplug the other devices during the installation.  
5. Continue with the installation and restart the computer when prompted.  
6. If you are using a Windows computer, open the HP Solution Center and  
check for the essential icons (Scan Picture, Scan Document, and Send a  
Fax). If the essential icons do not appear, remove the software and then  
reinstall it. For more information, see Uninstall and reinstall the software.  
I received a message that an unknown error has occurred  
Solution Try to continue with the installation. If that doesn’t work, stop and  
then restart the installation, and follow the directions on the screen. If an error  
160  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
occurs, you might need to uninstall and then reinstall the software. Do not simply  
delete the HP All-in-One program files from your computer. Make sure to remove  
them properly using the uninstall utility provided when you installed the HP Image  
Zone software.  
For more information, see Uninstall and reinstall the software.  
Some of the buttons are missing in the HP Solution Center (Windows)  
If the essential icons (Scan Picture, Scan Document, and Send a Fax) do not  
appear, your installation might not be complete.  
Solution If your installation is incomplete, you might need to uninstall and then  
reinstall the software. Do not simply delete the HP All-in-One program files from  
your hard drive. Make sure to remove them properly using the uninstall utility  
provided in the HP All-in-One program group. For more information, see Uninstall  
The Fax Setup Wizard (Windows) or Fax Setup Utility (Mac) does not start  
Solution You can manually start the Fax Setup Wizard (Windows) or Fax  
Setup Utility (Mac) to finish setting up your HP All-in-One.  
To start the Fax Setup Wizard (Windows)  
In the HP Solution Center, click Settings, point to Fax Settings & Setup,  
and then click Fax Setup Wizard.  
To start the Fax Setup Utility (Mac)  
1. In the HP Image Zone, click the Devices tab.  
2. In the Select Devices area, click the icon for your HP All-in-One.  
3. Click Settings, and then choose Fax Setup Utility.  
The registration screen does not appear (Windows)  
Solution You can access the registration (Sign up now) screen from the  
Windows taskbar by clicking Start, pointing to Programs or All Programs, HP,  
Photosmart All-in-One 3300 series, and then clicking Product Registration.  
The Digital Imaging Monitor does not appear in the system tray (Windows)  
Solution If the Digital Imaging Monitor does not appear in the system tray  
(normally located at the lower-right corner of the desktop), start the HP Solution  
Center to check whether or not the essential icons are there.  
For more information about missing essential buttons in the HP Solution Center,  
User Guide  
161  
     
Chapter 14  
Uninstall and reinstall the software  
If your installation is incomplete, or if you connected the USB cable to the computer  
before prompted by the software installation screen, you might need to uninstall and  
then reinstall the software. Do not simply delete the HP All-in-One program files from  
your computer. Make sure to remove them properly using the uninstall utility provided  
when you installed the HP Image Zone software.  
A reinstall can take from 20 to 40 minutes. There are three methods to uninstall the  
software on a Windows computer, and one method to uninstall on a Mac.  
To uninstall from a Windows computer, method 1  
1. Disconnect your HP All-in-One from your computer. Do not connect the HP All-in-  
One to your computer until after you have reinstalled the software.  
2. Press the On button to turn off the HP All-in-One.  
3. On the Windows taskbar, click Start, Programs or All Programs, HP,  
Photosmart All-in-One 3300 series, Uninstall.  
4. Follow the onscreen instructions.  
5. If you are asked whether you would like to remove shared files, click No.  
Other programs that use these files might not work properly if the files are deleted.  
6. Restart your computer.  
Note It is important that you disconnect your HP All-in-One before  
restarting your computer. Do not connect the HP All-in-One to your  
computer until after you have reinstalled the software.  
7. To reinstall the software, insert the HP All-in-One CD-ROM into the CD-ROM  
drive on your computer, and follow the onscreen instructions and the instructions  
provided in the Setup Guide that came with your HP All-in-One.  
8. After the software is installed, connect the HP All-in-One to your computer.  
9. Press the On button to turn the HP All-in-One on.  
After connecting and turning on your HP All-in-One, you might have to wait  
several minutes for all of the Plug and Play events to complete.  
10. Follow the onscreen instructions.  
When the software installation is complete, the HP Digital Imaging Monitor icon  
appears in the Windows system tray.  
To verify that the software is properly installed, double-click the HP Solution Center  
icon on the desktop. If the HP Solution Center shows the essential icons (Scan  
Picture, Scan Document, and Send a Fax), the software has been properly installed.  
To uninstall from a Windows computer, method 2  
Note Use this method if Uninstall is not available in the Windows Start menu.  
1. On the Windows taskbar, click Start, Settings, Control Panel.  
2. Double-click Add/Remove Programs.  
3. Select HP All-in-One & Officejet 4.0, and then click Change/Remove.  
Follow the onscreen instructions.  
4. Disconnect your HP All-in-One from your computer.  
162  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
 
5. Restart your computer.  
Note It is important that you disconnect your HP All-in-One before  
restarting your computer. Do not connect the HP All-in-One to your  
computer until after you have reinstalled the software.  
6. Insert the HP All-in-One CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive on your computer, and  
then start the Setup program.  
7. Follow the onscreen instructions and the instructions provided in the Setup Guide  
that came with your HP All-in-One.  
To uninstall from a Windows computer, method 3  
Note This is an alternate method if Uninstall is not available in the Windows  
Start menu.  
1. Insert the HP All-in-One CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive on your computer, and  
then start the Setup program.  
2. Select Uninstall and follow the onscreen directions.  
3. Disconnect your HP All-in-One from your computer.  
4. Restart your computer.  
Note It is important that you disconnect your HP All-in-One before  
restarting your computer. Do not connect the HP All-in-One to your  
computer until after you have reinstalled the software.  
5. Start the Setup program for your HP All-in-One again.  
6. Select Reinstall.  
7. Follow the onscreen instructions and the instructions provided in the Setup Guide  
that came with your HP All-in-One.  
To uninstall from a Mac computer  
1. Disconnect the HP All-in-One from your Mac.  
2. Double-click the Applications: HP All-in-One Software folder.  
3. Double-click HP Uninstaller.  
Follow the onscreen instructions.  
4. After the software is uninstalled, disconnect your HP All-in-One, and then restart  
your computer.  
Note It is important that you disconnect your HP All-in-One before  
restarting your computer. Do not connect the HP All-in-One to your  
computer until after you have reinstalled the software.  
5. To reinstall the software, insert the HP All-in-One CD-ROM into the CD-ROM  
drive on your computer.  
6. On the desktop, open the CD-ROM and then double-click HP All-in-One Installer.  
7. Follow the onscreen instructions and the instructions provided in the Setup Guide  
that came with your HP All-in-One.  
User Guide  
163  
Chapter 14  
Fax setup troubleshooting  
This section contains fax setup troubleshooting information for the HP All-in-One. If  
your HP All-in-One is not set up properly for faxing, you might experience problems  
when sending faxes, receiving faxes, or both.  
This section contains only setup-related troubleshooting. For additional fax  
troubleshooting topics, such as problems with your printouts or slow fax reception,  
see the 3100, 3200, 3300 series Troubleshooting section in the onscreen  
HP Image Zone Help. For more information, see Use the onscreen Help.  
If you are having faxing problems, you can print a fax test report to check the status of  
your HP All-in-One. The test will fail if your HP All-in-One is not set up properly for  
faxing. Perform this test after you have completed setting up your HP All-in-One for  
faxing. For more information, see Test your fax setup.  
If the test fails, review the report for information on how to fix any problems found. For  
more information, you can also see the next section, The fax test failed.  
The fax test failed  
If you ran a fax test and the test failed, review the report for basic information about  
the error. For more detailed information, check the report to see which part of the test  
failed, and then review the appropriate topic in this section for solutions to try.  
The "Fax Hardware Test" failed  
Solution  
Turn off the HP All-in-One by using the On button located on the control  
panel and then unplug the power cord from the back of the HP All-in-One.  
After a few seconds, plug the power cord back in and turn the power on. Run  
the test again. If the test fails again, continue reviewing the troubleshooting  
information in this section.  
Try to send or receive a test fax. If you can send or receive a fax  
successfully, there might not be a problem.  
If you have a Windows computer and are running the test from the Fax  
Setup Wizard, make sure the HP All-in-One is not busy completing another  
task, such as receiving a fax or making a copy. Check the color graphics  
display for a message indicating that the HP All-in-One is busy. If it is busy,  
wait until it is finished and in the idle state, before running the test.  
After you resolve any problems found, run the fax test again to make sure it  
passes and your HP All-in-One is ready for faxing. If the Fax Hardware Test  
continues to fail and you experience problems faxing, contact HP Support. Go to  
164  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
         
www.hp.com/support. If prompted, choose your country/region, and then click  
Contact HP for information on calling for technical support.  
The "Fax Connected to Active Telephone Wall Jack" test failed  
Solution  
Check the connection between the telephone wall jack and the HP All-in-One  
to make sure the phone cord is secure.  
Make sure you use the phone cord that came with your HP All-in-One. If you  
do not use the supplied phone cord to connect from the telephone wall jack  
to your HP All-in-One, you might not be able to send or receive faxes. After  
you plug in the phone cord that came with your HP All-in-One, run the fax  
test again.  
Make sure you have correctly connected the HP All-in-One to the telephone  
wall jack. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One,  
connect one end to your telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to  
the port labeled "1-LINE" on the back of your HP All-in-One. For more  
information on setting up your HP All-in-One for faxing, see Fax setup.  
If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is  
a two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the  
splitter and connecting the HP All-in-One directly to the telephone wall jack.  
Try connecting a working phone and phone cord to the telephone wall jack  
that you are using for the HP All-in-One and check for a dial tone. If you do  
not hear a dial tone, contact your telephone company and have them check  
the line.  
Try to send or receive a test fax. If you can send or receive a fax  
successfully, there might not be a problem.  
After you resolve any problems found, run the fax test again to make sure it  
passes and your HP All-in-One is ready for faxing.  
The "Phone Cord Connected to Correct Port on Fax" test failed  
Solution The phone cord is plugged into the wrong port on the back of the  
HP All-in-One.  
1. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One, connect  
one end to your telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port  
labeled "1-LINE" on the back of your HP All-in-One.  
Note If you use the "2-EXT" port to connect to the telephone wall  
jack, you will not be able to send or receive faxes. The "2-EXT" port  
should only be used to connect other equipment, such as an  
answering machine or a telephone.  
User Guide  
165  
       
Chapter 14  
Back view of the HP All-in-One  
1
2
Telephone wall jack  
Phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One connected to the "1-  
LINE" port  
2. After you have connected the phone cord to the port labeled "1-LINE", run  
the fax test again to make sure it passes and your HP All-in-One is ready for  
faxing.  
3. Try to send or receive a test fax.  
The "Using Correct Type of Phone Cord with Fax" test failed  
Solution  
Make sure you used the phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-  
One to connect to the telephone wall jack. One end of the phone cord should  
be connected to the port labeled "1-LINE" on the back of your HP All-in-One  
and the other end to your telephone wall jack, as shown below.  
1
2
Telephone wall jack  
Phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One  
166  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
 
If the supplied phone cord is not long enough, you can extend it. For  
enough.  
Check the connection between the telephone wall jack and the HP All-in-One  
to make sure the phone cord is secure.  
The "Dial Tone Detection" test failed  
Solution  
Other equipment, which uses the same phone line as the HP All-in-One,  
might be causing the test to fail. To find out if other equipment is causing a  
problem, disconnect everything from the phone line, and then run the test  
again. If the Dial Tone Detection Test passes without the other equipment,  
then one or more pieces of the equipment is causing problems; try adding  
them back one at a time and rerunning the test each time, until you identify  
which piece of equipment is causing the problem.  
Try connecting a working phone and phone cord to the telephone wall jack  
that you are using for the HP All-in-One and check for a dial tone. If you do  
not hear a dial tone, contact your telephone company and have them check  
the line.  
Make sure you have correctly connected the HP All-in-One to the telephone  
wall jack. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One,  
connect one end to your telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to  
the port labeled "1-LINE" on the back of your HP All-in-One. For more  
information on setting up your HP All-in-One for faxing, see Fax setup.  
If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is  
a two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the  
splitter and connecting the HP All-in-One directly to the telephone wall jack.  
If your telephone system is not using a standard dial tone, such as some  
PBX systems, this might cause the test to fail. This will not cause a problem  
sending or receiving faxes. Try sending or receiving a test fax.  
Check to make sure the country/region setting is set appropriately for your  
country/region. If the country/region setting is not set or is set incorrectly, the  
test might fail and you might have problems sending and receiving faxes. For  
more information, see Set your language and country/region.  
Make sure you connect your HP All-in-One to an analog phone line or you  
will not be able to send or receive faxes. To check if your phone line is  
digital, connect a regular analog phone to the line and listen for a dial tone. If  
you do not hear a normal sounding dial tone, it might be a phone line set up  
for digital phones. Connect your HP All-in-One to an analog phone line and  
try sending or receiving a fax.  
After you resolve any problems found, run the fax test again to make sure it  
passes and your HP All-in-One is ready for faxing. If the Dial Tone Detection  
test continues to fail, contact your telephone company and have them check the  
phone line.  
User Guide  
167  
   
Chapter 14  
The "Fax Line Condition" test failed  
Solution  
Make sure you connect your HP All-in-One to an analog phone line or you  
will not be able to send or receive faxes. To check if your phone line is  
digital, connect a regular analog phone to the line and listen for a dial tone. If  
you do not hear a normal sounding dial tone, it might be a phone line set up  
for digital phones. Connect your HP All-in-One to an analog phone line and  
try sending or receiving a fax.  
Check the connection between the telephone wall jack and the HP All-in-One  
to make sure the phone cord is secure.  
Make sure you have correctly connected the HP All-in-One to the telephone  
wall jack. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One,  
connect one end to your telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to  
the port labeled "1-LINE" on the back of your HP All-in-One. For more  
information on setting up your HP All-in-One for faxing, see Fax setup.  
Other equipment, which uses the same phone line as the HP All-in-One,  
might be causing the test to fail. To find out if other equipment is causing a  
problem, disconnect everything from the phone line, and then run the test  
again.  
If the Fax Line Condition Test passes without the other equipment,  
then one or more pieces of the equipment is causing problems; try  
adding them back one at a time and rerunning the test each time, until  
you identify which piece of equipment is causing the problem.  
If the Fax Line Condition Test fails without the other equipment,  
connect the HP All-in-One to a working phone line and continue  
reviewing the troubleshooting information in this section.  
If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is  
a two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the  
splitter and connecting the HP All-in-One directly to the telephone wall jack.  
After you resolve any problems found, run the fax test again to make sure it  
passes and your HP All-in-One is ready for faxing. If the Fax Line Condition test  
continues to fail and you experience problems faxing, contact your telephone  
company and have them check the phone line.  
The color graphics display always shows Phone Off Hook  
Solution You are using the wrong type of phone cord. Make sure you are  
using the phone cord that came with your HP All-in-One to connect the device to  
your phone line. For more information, see The "Using Correct Type of Phone  
The HP All-in-One is having problems sending and receiving faxes  
Solution Make sure the HP All-in-One is turned on. Look at the color graphics  
display on the HP All-in-One. If the color graphics display is blank and the On  
light is not lit, the HP All-in-One is turned off. Make sure the power cord is firmly  
168  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
     
connected to the HP All-in-One and plugged into a power outlet. Press the On  
button to turn on the HP All-in-One.  
After turning on the HP All-in-One, HP recommends you wait five minutes before  
sending or receiving a fax. The HP All-in-One cannot send or receive faxes while  
it is initializing after being turned on.  
Solution  
Make sure you used the phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-  
One to connect to the telephone wall jack. One end of the phone cord should  
be connected to the port labeled "1-LINE" on the back of your HP All-in-One  
and the other end to your telephone wall jack, as shown below.  
1
2
Telephone wall jack  
Phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One  
If the supplied phone cord is not long enough, you can extend it. For  
enough.  
Try connecting a working phone and phone cord to the telephone wall jack  
that you are using for the HP All-in-One and check for a dial tone. If you do  
not hear a dial tone, contact your telephone company and have them check  
the line.  
Other equipment, which uses the same phone line as the HP All-in-One,  
might be in use. For example, you cannot use your HP All-in-One for faxing if  
an extension phone is off the hook, or if you are using your computer modem  
to send an e-mail or access the Internet.  
Check to see if another process has caused an error. Check the color  
graphics display or your computer for an error message providing information  
about the problem and how to solve it. If there is an error, the HP All-in-One  
will not send or receive a fax until the error condition is resolved.  
The phone line connection might be noisy. Phone lines with poor sound  
quality (noise) can cause faxing problems. Check the sound quality of the  
phone line by plugging a phone into the telephone wall jack and listening for  
static or other noise. If you hear noise, turn Error Correction Mode (ECM)  
off and try faxing again. For information about changing ECM, see the  
User Guide  
169  
Chapter 14  
onscreen HP Image Zone Help. If the problem persists, contact your  
telephone company.  
If you are using a digital subscriber line (DSL) service, make sure that you  
have a DSL filter connected or you will not be able to fax successfully. For  
Make sure your HP All-in-One is not connected to a telephone wall jack that  
is set up for digital phones. To check if your phone line is digital, connect a  
regular analog phone to the line and listen for a dial tone. If you do not hear a  
normal sounding dial tone, it might be a phone line set up for digital phones.  
If you are using either a private branch exchange (PBX) or an integrated  
services digital network (ISDN) converter/terminal adapter, make sure the  
HP All-in-One is connected to the correct port and the terminal adapter is set  
to the correct switch type for your country/region, if possible. For more  
If your HP All-in-One shares the same phone line with a DSL service, the  
DSL modem might not be properly grounded. If the DSL modem is not  
properly grounded, it can create noise on the phone line. Phone lines with  
poor sound quality (noise) can cause faxing problems. You can check the  
sound quality of the phone line by plugging a phone into the telephone wall  
jack and listening for static or other noise. If you hear noise, turn off your  
DSL modem and completely remove power for at least 15 minutes. Turn the  
DSL modem back on and listen to the dial tone again.  
Note You might notice static on the phone line again in the future. If  
your HP All-in-One stops sending and receiving faxes, repeat this  
process.  
If the phone line is still noisy, contact your telephone company. For  
information on turning your DSL modem off, contact your DSL provider for  
support.  
If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is  
a two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the  
splitter and connecting the HP All-in-One directly to the telephone wall jack.  
The HP All-in-One is having problems sending a manual fax  
Solution  
Make sure the telephone you use to initiate the fax call is connected directly  
to the HP All-in-One. To send a fax manually, the telephone must be  
connected directly to the port labeled "2-EXT" on the HP All-in-One, as  
shown below. For information on sending faxes manually, see Send a fax  
170  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
 
1
2
3
Telephone wall jack  
Phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One  
Telephone  
If you are sending a fax manually from your phone that is connected directly  
to the HP All-in-One, you must use the keypad on the telephone to send the  
fax. You cannot use the keypad on the control panel of the HP All-in-One.  
The HP All-in-One cannot receive faxes, but can send faxes  
Solution  
If you are not using a distinctive ring service, check to make sure that the  
Answer Ring Pattern feature on your HP All-in-One is set to All Rings. For  
If Auto Answer is set to Off, you will need to manually receive faxes;  
otherwise, your HP All-in-One will not receive the fax. For information on  
receiving faxes manually, see Receive a fax manually.  
If you have a voice mail service at the same phone number you use for fax  
calls, you must receive faxes manually, not automatically. This means that  
you must be available to respond in person to incoming fax calls. For  
information on setting up your HP All-in-One when you have a voice mail  
service, see Fax setup. For information on receiving faxes manually, see  
If you have a computer modem on the same phone line with your HP All-in-  
One, check to make sure that the computer modem software is not set to  
receive faxes automatically. Modems that are set up to receive faxes  
automatically take over the phone line to receive all incoming faxes, which  
prevents the HP All-in-One from receiving fax calls.  
User Guide  
171  
 
Chapter 14  
If you have an answering machine on the same phone line with your HP All-  
in-One, you might have one of the following problems:  
Your answering machine might not be set up properly with your HP All-  
in-One.  
Your outgoing message might be too long or too loud to allow the HP All-  
in-One to detect fax tones, and the calling fax machine might disconnect.  
Your answering machine might hang up too quickly after the outgoing  
message plays if it does not detect someone trying to record a message,  
as when a fax is calling. This prevents the HP All-in-One from detecting  
the fax tones. This problem is most common with digital answering  
machines.  
The following actions might help solve these problems:  
When you have an answering machine on the same phone line you use  
for fax calls, try connecting the answering machine directly to the HP All-  
in-One as described in Fax setup.  
Make sure your HP All-in-One is set to receive faxes automatically. For  
information on setting up your HP All-in-One to receive faxes  
automatically, see Fax setup.  
Make sure the Rings to Answer setting is set to a greater number of  
rings than the answering machine. For more information, see Set the  
Disconnect the answering machine and then try receiving a fax. If you  
can receive a fax without the answering machine, the answering  
machine might be causing the problem.  
Reconnect the answering machine and record your outgoing message  
again. Record a message that is approximately 10 seconds in duration.  
Speak slowly and at a low volume when recording your message. Leave  
at least 5 seconds of silence at the end of the voice message. There  
should be no background noise when recording this silent time. Try to  
receive a fax again.  
Note Some digital answering machines might not retain the  
recorded silence at the end of your outgoing message. Play back  
your outgoing message to check.  
If your HP All-in-One shares the same phone line with other types of phone  
equipment, such as an answering machine, a computer modem, or multi-port  
switch box, the fax signal level might be reduced. This can cause problems  
during fax reception.  
To find out if other equipment is causing a problem, disconnect everything  
except the HP All-in-One from the phone line, and then try to receive a fax. If  
you can receive faxes successfully without the other equipment, one or more  
pieces of the other equipment is causing problems; try adding them back one  
at a time and receiving a fax each time, until you identify which equipment is  
causing the problem.  
If you have a special ring pattern for your fax phone number (using a  
distinctive ring service through your telephone company), make sure that the  
Answer Ring Pattern feature on your HP All-in-One is set to match. For  
172  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
The HP All-in-One cannot send faxes, but can receive faxes  
Solution  
The HP All-in-One might be dialing too fast or too soon. You might need to  
insert some pauses in the number sequence. For example, if you need to  
access an outside line before dialing the phone number, insert a pause  
following the access number. If your number is 95555555, and 9 accesses  
an outside line, you might insert pauses as follows: 9-555-5555. To insert a  
pause during dialing, press , or press the Space (#) button repeatedly,  
until a dash (-) appears on the color graphics display.  
You can also use monitor dialing to send the fax. This enables you to listen  
to the phone line as you dial. You can set the pace of your dialing and  
respond to prompts as you dial. For more information, see Send a fax using  
The number you entered when sending the fax is not in the proper format or  
the receiving fax machine is having problems. To check this, try calling the  
fax number from a telephone and listen for fax tones. If you cannot hear fax  
tones, the receiving fax machine might not be turned on or connected, or a  
voice mail service could be interfering with the recipient's phone line. You  
can also ask the recipient to check the receiving fax machine for any  
problems.  
Fax tones are recorded on my answering machine  
Solution  
When you have an answering machine on the same phone line you use for  
fax calls, try connecting the answering machine directly to the HP All-in-One  
as described in Fax setup. If you do not connect the answering machine as  
recommended, fax tones might be recorded on your answering machine.  
Make sure your HP All-in-One is set to receive faxes automatically. If your  
HP All-in-One is set up to receive faxes manually, the HP All-in-One will not  
answer incoming calls. You must be available to respond in person to  
incoming fax calls, or the HP All-in-One will not receive the fax and your  
answering machine will record the fax tones. For information on setting up  
your HP All-in-One to receive faxes automatically, see Fax setup.  
Make sure the Rings to Answer setting is set to a greater number of rings  
than the answering machine. For more information, see Set the number of  
The phone cord that came with my HP All-in-One is not long enough  
Solution If the phone cord that came with your HP All-in-One is not long  
enough, you can use a coupler to extend the length. You can purchase a coupler  
at an electronics store that carries phone accessories. You will also need another  
phone cord, which can be a standard phone cord that you might already have in  
your home or office.  
User Guide  
173  
     
Chapter 14  
Tip If your HP All-in-One came with a 2-wire phone cord adaptor, you  
can use it with a 4-wire phone cord to extend the length. For information  
on using the 2-wire phone cord adaptor, see the documentation that came  
with it.  
To extend your phone cord  
1. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One, connect  
one end to the coupler, then connect the other end to the port labeled "1-  
LINE" on the back of your HP All-in-One.  
2. Connect another phone cord to the open port on the coupler and to the  
telephone wall jack, as shown below.  
1
2
3
Telephone wall jack  
Coupler  
Phone cord supplied in the box with the HP All-in-One  
Operational troubleshooting  
The 3100, 3200, 3300 series Troubleshooting section in the HP Image Zone Help  
contains troubleshooting tips for some of the most common issues associated with  
your HP All-in-One.  
To access the troubleshooting information from a Windows computer, go to the  
HP Image Zone, click Help, and then choose Troubleshooting and Support.  
Troubleshooting is also available through the Help button that appears on some error  
messages.  
To access troubleshooting information on a Mac, click the HP Image Zone icon in the  
Dock, select Help from the menu bar, choose HP Image Zone Help from the Help  
menu, and then choose 3100, 3200, 3300 series Troubleshooting in the Help Viewer.  
If you have Internet access, you can get help from the HP website at www.hp.com/  
support. The website also provides answers to frequently asked questions.  
174  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
   
Paper troubleshooting  
To help avoid paper jams, only use paper types that are recommended for your HP All-  
in-One. For a list of recommended papers, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help, or  
Do not load curled or wrinkled paper, or paper with bent or torn edges, into the input  
tray. For more information, see Avoid paper jams.  
Paper has jammed the HP All-in-One  
Solution If paper becomes jammed in your device, follow these instructions to  
clear the paper jam.  
1. Press in the tab on the rear clean-out door to remove the door.  
Caution Clearing a paper jam from the top of the HP All-in-One can  
damage the print mechanism. Whenever possible, access and clear  
paper jams through the rear clean-out door.  
2. Gently pull the paper out of the rollers.  
Caution If the paper tears when you are removing it from the rollers,  
check the rollers and wheels for torn pieces of paper that might  
remain inside the device. If you do not remove all the pieces of paper  
from the HP All-in-One, more paper jams are likely to occur.  
3. Replace the rear clean-out door. Gently push the door forward until it snaps  
into place.  
4. Press OK to continue the current job.  
Note If the paper is still jammed, see the onscreen Troubleshooting Help  
that came with your HP Image Zone software.  
Paper has jammed the optional two-sided printing accessory  
Solution You might need to remove the two-sided printing accessory. For  
more information, see the printed guide that came with your two-sided printing  
accessory.  
Note If you turned the HP All-in-One off before clearing the paper jam,  
turn it back on, and then restart your printing or copying job.  
User Guide  
175  
       
Chapter 14  
Ink cartridge troubleshooting  
If you are experiencing problems with printing, you might have a problem with one of  
the ink cartridges. Try the following:  
1. Remove and reinsert the ink cartridges and verify that they are fully inserted and  
locked in place.  
2. If the problem persists, print a self-test report to determine if there is a problem  
with the ink cartridges.  
This report provides useful information about your ink cartridges, including status  
information.  
3. If the self-test report shows a problem, clean the print head.  
4. If the problem persists, align the printer.  
5. If you are still experiencing problems with printing, determine which ink cartridge  
is experiencing the problem and replace it.  
For instructions on how to print a self-test report, clean the print head, and align the  
Device update  
In order to keep your HP All-in-One running smoothly with the most advanced  
technology available, you can retrieve device updates for your HP All-in-One from the  
HP support website and install them using the Device Update Wizard. Also, you  
might need to install device updates on your HP All-in-One for one of the following  
reasons:  
You call HP customer support and a service representative advises you to access  
the HP support website to retrieve an upgrade for your device.  
A message appears on your HP All-in-One color graphics display to direct you to  
update your device.  
Device update (Windows)  
Use one of the following to retrieve an update for your device:  
Use your Web browser to download an update for your HP All-in-One from  
www.hp.com/support. The file will be a self-extracting executable with the  
extension .exe. When you double-click the .exe file, the Device Update Wizard  
opens on your computer.  
Use the Software Update utility to automatically search the HP support website  
for device updates at predetermined intervals.  
Note If you are a Windows user, you can set the Software Update utility  
(part of the HP Image Zone software installed on your computer) to  
automatically search the HP support website for device updates at  
predetermined intervals. If you do not have the latest version of the  
Software Update utility at the time of install, a dialog box appears on your  
computer prompting you to upgrade. Accept the upgrade. For more  
information on the Software Update utility, see the onscreen HP Image  
Zone Help.  
176  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
     
To use device update  
1. Do one of the following:  
Double-click the update .exe file you downloaded from www.hp.com/support.  
When prompted, accept the device update found by the Software Update  
utility.  
The Device Update Wizard opens on your computer.  
2. At the Welcome screen, click Next.  
The Select a Device screen appears.  
3. Select your HP All-in-One from the list, and then click Next.  
The Important Information screen appears.  
4. Make sure your computer and device meet the requirements listed.  
5. If you meet the requirements, click Update.  
The Updating Device screen appears. A light begins to flash on the control panel  
of your HP All-in-One.  
The screen on your color graphics display turns green as the update is loaded  
and extracted to your device.  
6. Do not disconnect, shut down, or perform any other activities on your device  
while the update is occurring.  
Note If you disrupt the update, or an error message indicates the update  
failed, call HP support for assistance.  
After your HP All-in-One shuts down and restarts, an update complete screen  
appears on your computer.  
Your device is updated. It is now safe to use your HP All-in-One.  
Device update (Mac)  
The device update installer provides a means to apply updates to your HP All-in-One  
as follows:  
1. Use your Web browser to download an update for your HP All-in-One from  
2. Double-click the downloaded file.  
The installer opens on your computer.  
3. Follow the onscreen prompts to install the update to your HP All-in-One.  
4. Restart the HP All-in-One to complete the process.  
User Guide  
177  
 
Chapter 14  
178  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
15 HP warranty and support  
Hewlett-Packard provides Internet and phone support for your HP All-in-One.  
This chapter provides warranty information as well as how to get support from the Internet,  
contact HP customer support, access your serial number and service ID, call in North America  
during warranty, and prepare your HP All-in-One for shipment.  
If you are unable to find the answer you need in the printed or onscreen documentation supplied  
with your product, you can contact one of the HP support services listed in the following pages.  
Some support services are available only in the U.S. and Canada, while others are available in  
many countries/regions worldwide. If a support service number is not listed for your country/  
region, contact your nearest authorized HP dealer for help.  
Warranty  
To obtain HP repair service, you must first contact an HP service office or an HP Customer  
Support Center for basic troubleshooting. See Before you call HP customer support for steps to  
take before calling Customer Support.  
Note This information does not apply to customers in Japan. For information on service  
options in Japan, see HP Quick Exchange Service (Japan).  
Warranty upgrades  
Depending on your country/region, HP might offer (for an additional fee) a warranty upgrade  
option that extends or enhances your standard product warranty. Available options might include  
priority phone support, return service, or next business day exchange. Typically, service  
coverage begins on product purchase date and must be purchased within a limited time of  
product purchase.  
For more information:  
In the U.S., dial 1-866-234-1377 to speak to an HP advisor.  
Outside the U.S., please call your local HP Customer Support office. See Call elsewhere in  
the world for more information and a list of international Customer Support numbers.  
Go to the HP website at www.hp.com/support. If prompted, choose your country/region, and  
then find warranty information.  
User Guide  
179  
       
Chapter 15  
Warranty information  
HP product  
Software  
Duration of limited warranty  
90 days  
Print cartridges  
Until the HP ink is depleted or the “end of warranty” date printed  
on the cartridge has been reached, whichever occurs first. This  
warranty does not cover HP ink products that have been refilled,  
remanufactured, refurbished, misused, or tampered with.  
Accessories  
1 year  
Printer peripheral hardware (see the following for details) 1 year  
A. Extent of limited warranty  
1. Hewlett-Packard (HP) warrants to the end-user customer that the HP products specified above will be free from  
defects in materials and workmanship for the duration specified above, which duration begins on the date of purchase  
by the customer.  
2. For software products, HP's limited warranty applies only to a failure to execute programming instructions. HP does  
not warrant that the operation of any product will be uninterrupted or error free.  
3. HP's limited warranty covers only those defects that arise as a result of normal use of the product, and does not cover  
any other problems, including those that arise as a result of:  
a. Improper maintenance or modification;  
b. Software, media, parts, or supplies not provided or supported by HP;  
c. Operation outside the product's specifications;  
d. Unauthorized modification or misuse.  
4. For HP printer products, the use of a non-HP ink cartridge or a refilled ink cartridge does not affect either the warranty  
to the customer or any HP support contract with the customer. However, if printer failure or damage is attributable to  
the use of a non-HP or refilled ink cartridge, HP will charge its standard time and materials charges to service the  
printer for the particular failure or damage.  
5. If HP receives, during the applicable warranty period, notice of a defect in any product which is covered by HP's  
warranty, HP shall either repair or replace the product, at HP's option.  
6. If HP is unable to repair or replace, as applicable, a defective product which is covered by HP's warranty, HP shall,  
within a reasonable time after being notified of the defect, refund the purchase price for the product.  
7. HP shall have no obligation to repair, replace, or refund until the customer returns the defective product to HP.  
8. Any replacement product may be either new or like-new, provided that it has functionality at least equal to that of the  
product being replaced.  
9. HP products may contain remanufactured parts, components, or materials equivalent to new in performance.  
10. HP's Limited Warranty Statement is valid in any country where the covered HP product is distributed by HP. Contracts  
for additional warranty services, such as on-site service, may be available from any authorized HP service facility in  
countries where the product is distributed by HP or by an authorized importer.  
B. Limitations of warranty  
TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, NEITHER HP NOR ITS THIRD PARTY SUPPLIERS MAKES ANY  
OTHER WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF ANY KIND, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR  
CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR  
PURPOSE.  
C. Limitations of liability  
1. To the extent allowed by local law, the remedies provided in this Warranty Statement are the customer's sole and  
exclusive remedies.  
2. TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, EXCEPT FOR THE OBLIGATIONS SPECIFICALLY SET FORTH IN  
THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT, IN NO EVENT SHALL HP OR ITS THIRD PARTY SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR  
DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, WHETHER BASED ON  
CONTRACT, TORT, OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY AND WHETHER ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF  
SUCH DAMAGES.  
D. Local law  
1. This Warranty Statement gives the customer specific legal rights. The customer may also have other rights which vary  
from state to state in the United States, from province to province in Canada, and from country to country elsewhere  
in the world.  
2. To the extent that this Warranty Statement is inconsistent with local law, this Warranty Statement shall be deemed  
modified to be consistent with such local law. Under such local law, certain disclaimers and limitations of this Warranty  
Statement may not apply to the customer. For example, some states in the United States, as well as some  
governments outside the United States (including provinces in Canada), may:  
a. Preclude the disclaimers and limitations in this Warranty Statement from limiting the statutory rights of a consumer  
(e.g., the United Kingdom);  
b. Otherwise restrict the ability of a manufacturer to enforce such disclaimers or limitations; or  
c. Grant the customer additional warranty rights, specify the duration of implied warranties which the manufacturer  
cannot disclaim, or allow limitations on the duration of implied warranties.  
3. THE TERMS IN THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT LAWFULLY PERMITTED, DO NOT  
EXCLUDE, RESTRICT, OR MODIFY, AND ARE IN ADDITION TO, THE MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS  
APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THE HP PRODUCTS TO SUCH CUSTOMERS.  
HP Limited Warranty  
Dear Customer,  
You will find below the name and address of the HP entity responsible for the performance of the HP Limited Warranty in your  
country.  
You may have additional statutory rights against the seller based on your purchase agreement. Those rights are not  
in any way affected by this HP Limited Warranty.  
Ireland: Hewlett-Packard Ireland Ltd. 30 Herbert Street IRL-Dublin 2  
United Kingdom: Hewlett-Packard Ltd, Cain Road, Bracknell, GB-Berks RG12 1HN  
180  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
Before you call HP customer support  
Software programs from other companies might be included with your HP All-in-One. If you  
experience problems with any of those programs, you will receive the best technical assistance  
by calling the experts at that company.  
If you need to contact HP Customer Support, do the following before you call.  
Note This information does not apply to customers in Japan. For information on service  
options in Japan, see HP Quick Exchange Service (Japan).  
1. Make sure that:  
a. Your HP All-in-One is plugged in and turned on.  
b. The specified ink cartridges are installed correctly.  
c. The recommended paper is properly loaded in the input tray.  
2. Reset your HP All-in-One:  
a. Turn off the HP All-in-One by pressing the On button.  
b. Unplug the power cord from the back of the HP All-in-One.  
c. Plug the power cord back into the HP All-in-One.  
d. Turn on the HP All-in-One by pressing the On button.  
3. For more information, go to www.hp.com/support  
This website offers technical support, drivers, supplies, and ordering information.  
4. If you are still experiencing problems and need to speak with an HP Customer Support  
Representative, do the following:  
a. Have the specific name of your HP All-in-One, as it appears on the control panel,  
available.  
b. Print a self-test report. For information on printing a self-test report, see Print a self-test  
report.  
c. Make a color copy to have available as a sample printout.  
d. Be prepared to describe your problem in detail.  
e. Have your serial number and service ID ready. For information on how to access your  
serial number and service ID, see Access your serial number and service ID.  
5. Call HP Customer Support. Be near your HP All-in-One when you call.  
Access your serial number and service ID  
You can access important information by using the Information Menu of your HP All-in-One.  
Note If your HP All-in-One is not turning on, you can view the serial number by looking  
the sticker on the bottom of your HP All-in-One. The serial number is the 10-character  
code.  
1. Press * and press #. Then press 1, 2, 3.  
The Support Menu appears.  
2.  
3.  
Press  
Press  
until the Information Menu appears and then press OK.  
until Model Number appears and then press OK.  
The service ID appears. Write down the complete service ID.  
Press Cancel, and then press until Serial Number appears.  
4.  
5. Press OK.  
This displays the serial number. Write down the complete serial number.  
6. Press Cancel until you to exit the Support Menu.  
User Guide  
181  
       
Chapter 15  
Get support and other information from the Internet  
If you have Internet access, you can get help from www.hp.com/support. If prompted, choose  
your country/region, and then click Contact HP for information on calling for technical support.  
This website offers technical support, drivers, supplies, ordering information and other options  
such as:  
Access online support pages.  
Send HP an e-mail message for answers to your questions.  
Connect with an HP technician by using online chat.  
Check for software updates.  
Support options and availability vary by product, country/region, and language.  
Call in North America during warranty  
Call 1-800-474-6836 (1-800-HP invent). U.S. phone support is available in both English and  
Spanish languages 24 hours a day, 7 days a week (days and hours of support may change  
without notice). This service is free during the warranty period. A fee may apply outside the  
warranty period.  
Call elsewhere in the world  
The numbers listed below are current as of the publication date of this guide. For a list of current  
international HP Support Service numbers, go to www.hp.com/support and choose your own  
country/region or language.  
Support service is free during the warranty period; however, your standard long-distance phone  
charges will apply. In some cases, per minute, per half-minute or a flat fee per single incident  
might also apply.  
For phone support in Europe, please check for the details and conditions of phone support in  
your country/region by going to www.hp.com/support.  
Alternatively, you can ask your dealer or call HP at the phone number provided in this guide.  
As part of our constant efforts to improve our phone support service, we advise you to check our  
website on a regular basis for new information regarding service features and delivery.  
182  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
           
www.hp.com/support  
61 56 45 43  
1588-3003  
Argentina (Buenos Aires)  
Argentina  
900 40 006  
900 40 007  
Luxembourg  
Luxemburg  
54-11-4708-1600  
0-800-555-5000  
Australia  
Australia (out-of-warranty)  
1300 721 147  
Malaysia  
1800 805 405  
1902 910 910  
+ 43 1 86332 1000  
0810-0010000  
(in-country)  
Mexico (Mexico City)  
Mexico  
55-5258-9922  
01-800-472-68368  
Österreich  
22 404747  
Nederland  
New Zealand  
Nigeria  
800 171  
0900 2020 165  
070 300 005  
070 300 004  
België  
Belgique  
0800 441 147  
1 3204 999  
Brasil (Sao Paulo)  
Brasil  
55-11-4004-  
+46 (0)77 120 4765  
Norge  
0-800-709-7751  
Panama  
Paraguay  
Perú  
Canada (Mississauga Area)  
Canada  
1-800-711-2884  
009 800 54 1 0006  
0-800-10111  
(905) 206-4663  
1-(800)-474-6836  
Central America &  
The Caribbean  
www.hp.com/support  
(63) 2 867 3551  
1800 1441 0094  
Philippines  
800-360-999  
Chile  
021-3881-4518  
800-810-3888 : 3002  
0 801 800 235  
808 201 492  
Polska  
Portugal  
Colombia (Bogota)  
Colombia  
571-606-9191  
1-877-232-0589  
1-800-711-2884  
(21) 315 4442  
Puerto Rico  
01-8000-51-4746-8368  
República Dominicana  
Costa Rica  
0-800-011-1046  
261 307 310  
România  
Česká republika  
Danmark  
ꢀꢁꢂꢂꢃꢄ (ꢅꢁꢂꢆꢇꢈ)  
ꢀꢁꢂꢂꢃꢄ (ꢉꢈꢊꢆꢋ-ꢌꢍꢋꢍꢎꢏꢐꢎꢑ)  
095 7973520  
812 3467997  
+ 45 70 202 845  
1-999-119  
800-711-2884  
Ecuador (Andinatel)  
800 897 1444  
Singapore  
Slovensko  
6 272 5300  
2 50222444  
Ecuador (Pacifitel)  
1-800-225-528  
800-711-2884  
South Africa (international)  
South Africa (RSA)  
+ 27 11 2589301  
086 0001030  
2 532 5222  
El Salvador  
España  
800-6160  
Rest of West Africa  
+ 351 213 17 63 80  
+358 (0)203 66 767  
902 010 059  
Suomi  
+33 (0)892 69 60 22  
France  
Sverige  
+46 (0)77 120 4765  
+49 (0)180 5652 180  
Deutschland  
Switzerland  
0848 672 672  
02-8722-8000  
+66 (2) 353 9000  
+ 30 210 6073603  
801 11 22 55 47  
800 9 2649  
71 89 12 22  
Trinidad & Tobago  
Türkiye  
Guatemala  
1-800-711-2884  
1-800-711-2884  
2802 4098  
90 212 444 71 71  
(380 44) 4903520  
1 382 1111  
Magyarország  
῰ꢆꢎꢈꢊꢈ  
1 600 44 7737  
+62 (21) 350 3408  
1 890 923 902  
India  
800 4910  
United Kingdom  
Indonesia  
Ireland  
+44 (0)870 010 4320  
1-(800)-474-6836  
0004-054-177  
United States  
Uruguay  
(0) 9 830 4848  
Italia  
848 800 871  
Venezuela (Caracas)  
Venezuela  
58-212-278-8666  
0-800-474-68368  
Jamaica  
1-800-711-2884  
0570-000511  
03-3335-9800  
Viêt Nam  
+84 88234530  
User Guide  
183  
Chapter 15  
HP Quick Exchange Service (Japan)  
For instructions on how to pack your device for exchange, see Pack your HP All-in-One.  
Prepare your HP All-in-One for shipment  
If after contacting HP Customer Support or returning to the point of purchase, you are requested  
to send your HP All-in-One in for service, pack the HP All-in-One in the original packing materials  
to avoid further damage. Retain the power cord and control panel faceplate in case the HP All-in-  
One needs to be replaced.  
Caution To prevent ink leakage when transporting your HP All-in-One, please make  
sure that the ink cartridges are inserted into the device.  
Replace the ink cartridges in your HP All-in-One  
This section provides instructions on how to replace ink cartridges in your HP All-in-One.  
Note 1 If you have not already received a replacement device, the HP customer  
support call agent will instruct you whether or not to also send your ink cartridges with  
your HP All-in-One.  
Note 2 This information does not apply to customers in Japan. For information on  
service options in Japan, see HP Quick Exchange Service (Japan) and the instructions  
described in Pack your HP All-in-One.  
1. Turn off the HP All-in-One.  
2. Open the ink cartridge access door by lifting from the front center of the device, until the  
door locks into place.  
184  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
       
3. Squeeze the tab below an ink cartridge to release the latch inside the HP All-in-One; then  
lift the latch.  
To remove the black ink cartridge, lift the latch on the far left.  
To remove the five color ink cartridges, such as yellow, light cyan, cyan, light magenta, or  
magenta, lift the appropriate latch in the center area.  
1
2
Ink cartridge latch for the black ink cartridge  
Ink cartridge latches for the color ink cartridges  
4. If you already received a replacement HP All-in-One, it might have come with empty ink  
cartridges. If this is the case, insert the empty ink cartridges into the device you are shipping  
back.  
Note If you have not received a replacement HP All-in-One, the HP customer  
support call agent will instruct you whether to send your ink cartridges with your  
HP All-in-One.  
5. Lower the ink cartridge latches and press until they snap into place.  
6. Close the ink cartridge access door.  
7. Unplug the power cord, and then disconnect it from the HP All-in-One.  
Caution Do not return your power cord or control panel faceplate with the device.  
The replacement device will not be shipped with these items. Store them in a safe  
place until the replacement HP All-in-One arrives.  
8. See Remove the control panel faceplate to complete preparation for shipment.  
Remove the control panel faceplate  
Complete the following steps once you have replaced the ink cartridges.  
User Guide  
185  
 
Chapter 15  
Note This information does not apply to customers in Japan. For information on service  
options in Japan, see HP Quick Exchange Service (Japan) and the instructions  
described in Pack your HP All-in-One.  
Caution The HP All-in-One must be unplugged before following these steps.  
1. Remove the control panel faceplate as follows:  
a. Rotate the control panel up as far as it will go.  
b. Using both hands, place your index fingers on the notches on each side of the control  
panel.  
c. Gently pull the faceplate towards you to remove it from the device.  
2. Retain the control panel faceplate. Do not return the control panel faceplate with the HP All-  
in-One.  
Caution The replacement HP All-in-One might not come with a control panel  
faceplate. Store your control panel faceplate (along with the power cord) in a safe  
place, and when the replacement HP All-in-One arrives, reattach your control panel  
faceplate. You must attach your control panel faceplate to use the control panel  
functions on the replacement HP All-in-One.  
Note See the Setup Guide that came with your HP All-in-One for instructions on  
how to attach your control panel faceplate. The replacement HP All-in-One might  
come with instructions for setting up your device.  
186  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
Pack your HP All-in-One  
Complete the following steps once you have unplugged your HP All-in-One.  
1. If available, pack your HP All-in-One for shipment by using the original packing materials or  
the packaging materials that came with the replacement device.  
If you do not have the original packaging materials, please use other adequate packaging  
materials. Shipping damage caused by improper packaging and/or improper transportation  
is not covered under the warranty.  
2. Place the return shipping label on the outside of the box.  
3. Include the following items in the box:  
A complete description of symptoms for service personnel (samples of print quality  
problems are helpful).  
A copy of the sales slip or other proof of purchase to establish the warranty coverage  
period.  
Your name, address, and a phone number where you can be reached during the day.  
User Guide  
187  
 
Chapter 15  
188  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
16 Technical information  
This chapter provides information on accessing system requirements, paper specifications, print  
specifications, copy specifications, fax specifications, memory card specifications, scan  
specifications, physical specifications, power specifications, environmental specifications,  
regulatory notices, and the declaration of conformity for your HP All-in-One.  
System requirements  
Software system requirements are located in the Readme file. For information on viewing the  
Readme file, see View the Readme file.  
Paper specifications  
This section contains information about paper-tray capacities, paper sizes, and print margin  
specifications.  
Paper-tray capacities  
Capacity1  
Maximum Media Size2  
Minimum Media Size  
Main Tray  
Photo Tray  
Output Tray  
Up to 100 sheets  
216 x 356 mm (8.5 x 14  
inch)  
76 x 127 mm (3 x 5 inch)  
Up to 20 sheets  
Up to 50 sheets  
105 x 165 mm (4.13 x  
6.5 inch)  
89 x 127 mm (3.5 x 5  
inch)  
N/A  
N/A  
1
Maximum capacity.  
2
Panorama media up to 610 mm (24 inches) long is supported through manual continuous  
feed.  
Note HP recommends emptying the output tray frequently.  
User Guide  
189  
               
Chapter 16  
Paper sizes  
Type  
Size  
Weight  
Paper  
Letter: 216 x 279 mm (8.5 x 11 inches)  
A4: 210 x 297 mm (8.27 x 11.7 inches)  
A5: 148 x 210 mm (5.8 x 8.3 inches)  
60 to 90 gsm (16 to 24 lbs)  
Executive: 184 x 267 mm (7.25 x 10.5  
inches)  
Legal1: 216 x 356 mm (8.5 x 14 inches)  
L: 89 x 127 mm (3.5 x 5 inches)  
2L: 127 x 178 mm (5 x 7 inches)  
Mutsugiri: 203 mm x 254 mm (8 x 10  
inches)  
Panorama:  
102 x 254 mm (4 x 10 inches)  
102 x 279 mm (4 x 11 inches)  
102 x 305 mm (4 x 12 inches)  
204 x 594 mm (8.27 x 23.4 inches)  
Envelopes  
U.S. #10: 104 x 241 mm (4.125 x 9.5  
inches)  
75 to 90 gsm (20 to 24 lbs)  
A2: 111 x 146 mm (4.4 x 5.8 inches)  
DL: 110 x 220 mm (4.3 x 8.7 inches)  
C6: 114 x 162 mm (4.5 x 6.4 inches)  
Transparency film  
Photo paper  
Letter: 216 x 279 mm (8.5 x 11 inches)  
A4: 210 x 297 mm (8.3 x 11.7 inches)  
N/A  
102 x 152 mm (4 x 6 inches)  
236 gsm (145 lb)  
N/A  
127 x 178 mm (5 x 7 inches)  
Letter: 216 x 279 mm (8.5 x 11 inches)  
A4: 210 x 297 mm (8.27 x 11.7 inches)  
Panorama:  
102 x 254 mm (4 x 10 inches)  
102 x 279 mm (4 x 11 inches)  
102 x 305 mm (4 x 12 inches)  
204 x 594 mm (8.27 x 23.4 inches)  
190  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
 
(continued)  
Type  
Size  
Weight  
Cards  
Index card: 76.2 x 127 mm (3 x 5 inches) 200 gsm (110 lb maximum)  
Index card: 101 x 152 mm (4 x 6 inches)  
Index card: 127 x 203.2 mm (5 x 8 inches) N/A  
127 x 178 mm (5 x 7 inches)  
A6: 105 x 148.5 mm (4.13 x 5.85 inches)  
Hagaki postcard: 100 x 148 mm (3.9 x  
5.8 inches)  
Labels  
Letter: 216 x 279 mm (8.5 x 11 inches)  
A4: 210 x 297 mm (8.27 x 11.7 inches)  
N/A  
N/A  
Custom  
76 x 127 mm up to 216 x 356 mm (3 x 5  
inches up to 8.5 x 14 inches)  
1
20 lb. and up  
Print margin specifications  
Top (leading  
edge)  
Bottom (trailing  
edge)  
Left  
Right  
U.S. (letter, legal)  
1.8 mm (0.07  
inches)  
3 mm (0.12 inches) 3.2 mm (0.13  
inches)  
3.2 mm (0.13  
inches)  
Executive  
ISO (A4)  
1.8 mm (0.07  
inches)  
6.0 mm (0.24  
inches)  
3.2 mm (0.13  
inches)  
3.2 mm (0.13  
inches)  
1.8 mm (0.07  
inches)  
3 mm (0.12 inches) 3.2 mm (0.13  
inches)  
3.2 mm (0.13  
inches)  
ISO (A5, A6) and JIS  
(B5)  
1.8 mm (0.07  
inches)  
6.0 mm (0.24  
inches)  
3.2 mm (0.13  
inches)  
3.2 mm (0.13  
inches)  
Envelopes  
1.8 mm (0.07  
inches)  
14.3 mm (0.56  
inches)  
3.2 mm (0.13  
inches)  
3.2 mm (0.13  
inches)  
Index card 7.62 x  
12.7 cm (3 x 5 inch),  
12.7 x 20.32 cm (5 x  
8 inch)  
1.8 mm (0.07  
inches)  
6.0 mm (0.24  
inches)  
3.2 mm (0.13  
inches)  
3.2 mm (0.13  
inches)  
Index card 10 x 15  
1.8 mm (0.07  
3 mm (0.12 inches) 3.2 mm (0.13  
inches)  
3.2 mm (0.13  
inches)  
cm (4 x 6 inch), 100 x inches)  
148 mm (3.9 x 5.8  
inches)  
10 x 15 cm (4 x 6  
inch) photo paper  
3.2 mm (0.13  
inches)  
3.2 mm (0.13  
inches)  
3.2 mm (0.13  
inches)  
3.2 mm (0.13  
inches)  
Print specifications  
Up to 1200 x 1200 rendered dpi black when printing from a computer  
Up to 4800 x 1200 optimized dpi color when printing from a computer and 1200-input dpi  
User Guide  
191  
       
Chapter 16  
Print speeds vary according to the complexity of the document  
Panorama-size printing  
Method: drop-on-demand thermal inkjet  
Language: HP PCL Level 3, PCL3 GUI or PCL 10  
Ink cartridges: six individual cartridges of HP Vivera Inks designed for efficient ink usage  
Duty cycle: 3000 printed pages per month  
Mode  
Speed (ppm) on plain paper  
Speed (seconds) 4  
x 6 inch  
borderless photo  
Maximum dpi  
Best  
Black and Color  
Black and Color  
Black  
up to 1.3  
up to 2.1  
up to 7.8  
up to 5.7  
up to 7.9  
up to 7.3  
up to 32  
up to 31  
as fast as 150  
as fast as 96  
as fast as 53  
as fast as 53  
as fast as 33  
as fast as 33  
as fast as 27  
as fast as 27  
Normal  
Color  
Fast Normal  
Fast Draft  
Black  
Color  
Black  
Color  
Copy specifications  
Digital image processing  
Up to 99 copies from original (varies by model)  
Digital zoom from 25 to 400% (varies by model)  
Fit to page, Many on page  
Up to 32 copies per minute black; 31 copies per minute color (varies by model)  
Copy speeds vary according to the complexity of the document  
Mode  
Speed (ppm)  
up to 0.35  
up to 0.35  
up to 1.0  
up to 1.0  
up to 7.8  
up to 5.7  
up to 32  
Scan resolution (dpi)  
1200 x 1200  
1200 x 1200  
600 x 600  
Maximum dpi  
Black  
Color  
Black  
Color  
Black  
Color  
Black  
Color  
Best  
600 x 600  
Normal  
Fast  
300 x 300  
300 x 300  
300 x 300  
up to 31  
300 x 300  
Fax specifications  
Walk-up black-and-white and color fax capability  
Up to 75 speed dials (varies by model)  
192  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
       
Up to 90-page memory (varies by model, based on ITU-T Test Image #1 at standard  
resolution). More complicated pages or higher resolution will take longer and use more  
memory.  
Manual multiple-page fax  
Automatic busy redial up to five times (varies by model)  
Automatic no-answer redial up to two times (varies by model)  
Confirmation and activity reports  
CCITT/ITU Group 3 fax with Error Correction Mode  
33.6 Kbps transmission  
3 seconds per page speed at 33.6 Kbps (based on ITU-T Test Image #1 at standard  
resolution). More complicated pages or higher resolution take longer and use more memory.  
Ring detect with automatic fax/answering machine switching  
Photo (dpi)  
200 x 200  
200 x 200  
Fine (dpi)  
200 x 200  
200 x 200  
Standard (dpi)  
200 x 100  
Black  
Color  
200 x 200  
Memory card specifications  
Maximum recommended number of files on a memory card: 1,000  
Maximum recommended individual image file size: 8 MB  
Maximum recommended individual image size: 12 megapixels  
Maximum recommended individual video length: 3 minutes  
Note Approaching any of the recommended maximums on a memory card might cause  
the performance of the HP All-in-One to function more slowly than expected.  
Large video files might take several minutes to open.  
Supported memory card types  
CompactFlash (types I and II)  
Memory Stick  
Memory Stick Pro  
Memory Stick Magic Gate  
Secure Digital  
MultiMediaCard (MMC)  
xD-Picture Card  
Other memory cards, including Memory Stick Magic Gate Duo, Memory Stick Duo, and Secure  
Multimedia Card, are supported with the use of an adapter. See the instructions that came with  
your memory card for more information.  
Supported video file types  
Motion-JPEG Quicktime (.mov)  
Motion-JPEG AVI (.avi)  
MPEG-1 (.mpg, .mpe, or .mpeg)  
The printer ignores video clips in any other format.  
Scan specifications  
Image editor included  
Integrated OCR software automatically converts scanned text to editable text  
Integrated 35 mm film scanning, up to 6 negatives or 4 slides  
User Guide  
193  
       
Chapter 16  
Note Positive 35 mm film is supported. Negative 35 mm film mounted as a slide is  
not supported.  
Scan speeds vary according to the complexity of the document  
Twain-compliant interface  
Resolution: 4800 x 4800 dpi optical, up to 19,200 dpi enhanced  
Color: 48-bit color, 8-bit grayscale (256 levels of gray)  
Maximum scan size from glass: 216 x 305 mm (8.5 x 12 inches)  
Physical specifications  
Height: 22 cm (8.7 inches)  
Width: 46.4 cm (18.3 inches)  
Depth: 39.5 cm (15.6 inches)  
Weight: 12 kg (26.5 pounds)  
Power specifications  
Power consumption: 95 W maximum  
Input voltage: AC 100 to 240 V ~ 2 A 50–60 Hz, grounded  
Idle state power consumption: 11.5 W  
Environmental specifications  
Recommended operating temperature range: 15º to 30º C (59º to 86º F)  
Allowable operating temperature range: 5º to 40º C (41º to 104º F)  
Humidity: 20% to 80% RH non-condensing  
Shipping temperature range: -40º to 60º C (-40º to 140º F)  
In the presence of high electromagnetic fields it is possible the output from the HP All-in-One  
might be slightly distorted.  
HP recommends using an Ethernet cable or a USB cable less than or equal to 3 m (10 feet) in  
length to minimize injected noise due to potential high electromagnetic fields.  
Additional specifications  
Memory: 16 MB ROM, 64 MB DRAM  
If you have Internet access, you can get acoustic information from the HP website. Go to:  
Environmental product stewardship program  
This section provides information on protecting the environment; ozone production; energy  
consumption; paper use; plastics; material safety data sheets; and recycling programs.  
This section contains information about environmental standards.  
Protecting the environment  
Hewlett-Packard is committed to providing quality products in an environmentally sound manner.  
This product has been designed with several attributes to minimize impacts on our environment.  
For more information, visit HP’s Commitment to the Environment website at:  
Ozone production  
This product generates no appreciable ozone gas (O3).  
194  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
                   
Energy consumption  
Energy usage drops significantly while in ENERGY STAR® mode, which saves natural  
resources, and saves money without affecting the high performance of this product. This product  
qualifies for ENERGY STAR, which is a voluntary program established to encourage the  
development of energy-efficient office products.  
ENERGY STAR is a U.S. registered service mark of the U.S. EPA. As an ENERGY STAR  
partner, HP has determined that this product meets ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy  
efficiency.  
For more information on ENERGY STAR guidelines, go to the following website:  
Paper use  
This product is suited for the use of recycled paper according to DIN 19309.  
Plastics  
Plastic parts over 25 grams are marked according to international standards that enhance the  
ability to identify plastics for recycling purposes at the end of the product’s life.  
Material safety data sheets  
Material safety data sheets (MSDS) can be obtained from the HP website at:  
Customers without Internet access should contact their local HP Customer Care Center.  
Recycling program  
HP offers an increasing number of product return and recycling programs in many countries, as  
well as partnering with some of the largest electronic recycling centers throughout the world. HP  
also conserves resources by refurbishing and reselling some of its most popular products.  
This HP product contains the following materials that might require special handling at end-of-life:  
Mercury in the fluorescent lamps in the scanner (< 2 mg) and the Slide and Negative Film  
light (< 2.5 mg)  
Lead in the solder (As of July 1, 2006, this HP product complies with requirements of the  
European Union Directive 2002/95/EC, “Restriction of the use of Certain Hazardous  
Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment,” and China's “Management Methods on  
the Prevention and Control of Pollution Caused by Electronic Information Products”.)  
HP inkjet supplies recycling program  
HP is committed to protecting the environment. The HP Inkjet Supplies Recycling Program is  
available in many countries/regions, and lets you recycle used ink cartridges free of charge. For  
more information, go to the following website:  
Disposal of Waste Equipment by Users in Private Households in the European Union  
This symbol on the product or on its packaging indicates that this product must not be disposed  
of with your other household waste. Instead, it is your responsibility to dispose of your waste  
equipment by handing it over to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical  
User Guide  
195  
     
Chapter 16  
and electronic equipment. The separate collection and recycling of your waste equipment at the  
time of disposal will help to conserve natural resources and ensure that it is recycled in a manner  
that protects human health and the environment. For more information about where you can drop  
off your waste equipment for recycling, please contact your local city office, your household  
waste disposal service, or the shop where you purchased the product.  
For more information regarding return and recycling of HP products generally, please visit:  
Regulatory notices  
The HP All-in-One meets product requirements from regulatory agencies in your country/region.  
Regulatory model identification number  
For regulatory identification purposes, your product is assigned a Regulatory Model Number. The  
Regulatory Model Number for your product is SDGOB-0501-03. This regulatory number should  
not be confused with the marketing name (HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series).  
Notice to users of the U.S. telephone network: FCC requirements  
This equipment complies with FCC rules, Part 68. On this equipment is a label that contains,  
among other information, the FCC Registration Number and Ringer Equivalent Number (REN)  
for this equipment. If requested, provide this information to your telephone company.  
An FCC compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this equipment. This  
equipment is designed to be connected to the telephone network or premises wiring using a  
compatible modular jack which is Part 68 compliant. This equipment connects to the telephone  
network through the following standard network interface jack: USOC RJ-11C.  
The REN is useful to determine the quantity of devices you may connect to your telephone line  
and still have all of those devices ring when your number is called. Too many devices on one line  
might result in failure to ring in response to an incoming call. In most, but not all, areas the sum  
of the RENs of all devices should not exceed five (5). To be certain of the number of devices you  
may connect to your line, as determined by the REN, you should call your local telephone  
company to determine the maximum REN for your calling area.  
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network, your telephone company might  
discontinue your service temporarily. If possible, they will notify you in advance. If advance notice  
is not practical, you will be notified as soon as possible. You will also be advised of your right to  
file a complaint with the FCC. Your telephone company might make changes in its facilities,  
equipment, operations, or procedures that could affect the proper operation of your equipment. If  
they do, you will be given advance notice so you will have the opportunity to maintain  
uninterrupted service.  
If you experience trouble with this equipment, please contact the manufacturer, or look  
elsewhere in this manual, for warranty or repair information. Your telephone company might ask  
you to disconnect this equipment from the network until the problem has been corrected or until  
you are sure that the equipment is not malfunctioning.  
This equipment may not be used on coin service provided by the telephone company.  
Connection to party lines is subject to state tariffs. Contact your state public utility commission,  
public service commission, or corporation commission for more information.  
196  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
     
This equipment includes automatic dialing capability. When programming and/or making test  
calls to emergency numbers:  
Remain on the line and explain to the dispatcher the reason for the call.  
Perform such activities in the off-peak hours, such as early morning or late evening.  
Note The FCC hearing aid compatibility rules for telephones are not applicable to  
this equipment.  
The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a  
computer or other electronic device, including fax machines, to send any message unless such  
message clearly contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page or on the first  
page of transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business, other  
entity, or other individual sending the message and the telephone number of the sending  
machine or such business, other entity, or individual. (The telephone number provided might not  
be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local or long-distance  
transmission charges.) In order to program this information into your fax machine, you should  
complete the steps described in the software.  
FCC statement  
The United States Federal Communications Commission (in 47 CFR 15.105) has specified that  
the following notice be brought to the attention of users of this product.  
Declaration of Conformity: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits  
for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the  
following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device  
must accept any interference received, including interference that might cause undesired  
operation. Class B limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful  
interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio  
frequency energy, and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, might cause  
harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference  
will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to  
radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the  
user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:  
Reorient the receiving antenna.  
Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver.  
Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is  
connected.  
Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.  
For more information, contact the Product Regulations Manager, Hewlett-Packard Company,  
San Diego, (858) 655-4100.  
The user might find the following booklet prepared by the Federal Communications Commission  
helpful: How to Identify and Resolve Radio-TV Interference Problems. This booklet is available  
from the U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington DC, 20402. Stock No. 004-000-00345-4.  
Caution Pursuant to Part 15.21 of the FCC Rules, any changes or modifications to this  
equipment not expressly approved by the Hewlett-Packard Company might cause  
harmful interference and void the FCC authorization to operate this equipment.  
Exposure to radio frequency radiation  
Caution The radiated output power of this device is far below the FCC radio frequency  
exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device shall be used in such a manner that the  
potential for human contact during normal operation is minimized. This product and any  
attached external antenna, if supported, shall be placed in such a manner to minimize  
the potential for human contact during normal operation. In order to avoid the possibility  
User Guide  
197  
 
Chapter 16  
of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antenna  
shall not be less than 20 cm (8 inches) during normal operation.  
Note à l’attention des utilisateurs du réseau téléphonique canadien/notice to users  
of the Canadian telephone network  
Cet appareil est conforme aux spécifications techniques des équipements terminaux d’Industrie  
Canada. Le numéro d’enregistrement atteste de la conformité de l’appareil. L’abréviation IC qui  
précède le numéro d’enregistrement indique que l’enregistrement a été effectué dans le cadre  
d’une Déclaration de conformité stipulant que les spécifications techniques d’Industrie Canada  
ont été respectées. Néanmoins, cette abréviation ne signifie en aucun cas que l’appareil a été  
validé par Industrie Canada.  
Pour leur propre sécurité, les utilisateurs doivent s’assurer que les prises électriques reliées à la  
terre de la source d’alimentation, des lignes téléphoniques et du circuit métallique d’alimentation  
en eau sont, le cas échéant, branchées les unes aux autres. Cette précaution est  
particulièrement importante dans les zones rurales.  
Le numéro REN (Ringer Equivalence Number) attribué à chaque appareil terminal fournit une  
indication sur le nombre maximal de terminaux qui peuvent être connectés à une interface  
téléphonique. La terminaison d’une interface peut se composer de n’importe quelle combinaison  
d’appareils, à condition que le total des numéros REN ne dépasse pas 5.  
Basé sur les résultats de tests FCC Partie 68, le numéro REN de ce produit est 0.0B.  
This equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical  
Specifications. This is confirmed by the registration number. The abbreviation IC before the  
registration number signifies that registration was performed based on a Declaration of  
Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical specifications were met. It does not imply  
that Industry Canada approved the equipment.  
Users should ensure for their own protection that the electrical ground connections of the power  
utility, telephone lines and internal metallic water pipe system, if present, are connected together.  
This precaution might be particularly important in rural areas.  
Note The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) assigned to each terminal device  
provides an indication of the maximum number of terminals allowed to be connected to a  
telephone interface. The termination on an interface might consist of any combination of  
devices subject only to the requirement that the sum of the Ringer Equivalence Numbers  
of all the devices does not exceed 5.  
The REN for this product is 0.0B, based on FCC Part 68 test results.  
Notice to users in Japan  
VCCI-2  
198  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
   
Notice to users in Korea  
Notice to users in the European Economic Area  
This product is designed to be connected to the analog Switched Telecommunication Networks  
(PSTN) of the European Economic Area (EEA) countries/regions.  
Network compatibility depends on customer selected settings, which must be reset to use the  
equipment on a telephone network in a country/region other than where the product was  
purchased. Contact the vendor or Hewlett-Packard Company if additional product support is  
necessary.  
This equipment has been certified by the manufacturer in accordance with Directive 1999/5/EC  
(annex II) for Pan-European single-terminal connection to the public switched telephone network  
(PSTN). However, due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different  
countries, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful  
operation on every PSTN network termination point.  
In the event of problems, you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance.  
This equipment is designed for DTMF tone dialing and loop disconnect dialing. In the unlikely  
event of problems with loop disconnect dialing, it is recommended to use this equipment only  
with the DTMF tone dial setting.  
Notice to users of the German telephone network  
This HP fax product is designed to connect only to the analogue public-switched telephone  
network (PSTN). Please connect the TAE N telephone connector plug, provided with the HP All-  
in-One into the wall socket (TAE 6) code N. This HP fax product can be used as a single device  
and/or in combination (in serial connection) with other approved terminal equipment.  
Geräuschemission  
LpA < 70 dB am Arbeitsplatz im Normalbetrieb nach DIN 45635 T. 19  
Regulatory notices for wireless products  
This section contains regulatory information pertaining to wireless products.  
Notice to users in Brazil  
Este equipamento opera em caráter secundário, isto é, não tem direito á proteçáo contra  
interferência prejudicial, mesmo de estações do mesmo tipo, e não pode causar interferência a  
sistemas operando em caráter primário. (Res.ANATEL 282/2001)  
User Guide  
199  
             
Chapter 16  
Note à l’attention des utilisateurs canadiens/notice to users in Canada  
For Indoor Use. This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise  
emissions from the digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the  
Canadian Department of Communications. The internal wireless radio complies with RSS 210 of  
Industry Canada.  
For Indoor Use. Le présent appareil numérique n‘émet pas de bruit radioélectrique dépassant  
les limites applicables aux appareils numériques de la classe B prescrites dans le Règlement sur  
le brouillage radioélectrique édicté par le ministère des Communications du Canada. Le  
composant RF interne est conforme a la norme RSS-210 d’Industrie Canada.  
ARIB STD-T66 (Japan)  
Notice to users in the European Economic Area (wireless products)  
Radio complies with the R&TTE Directive (1999/5/EC) issued by the Commission of the  
European Community.  
Notice to users in France  
Pour une utilisation en réseau sans fil 2,4 GHz de ce produit, certaines restrictions s'appliquent :  
cet appareil peut être utilisé à l'intérieur des bâtiments sur toute la bande de fréquences  
2400-2483,5 MHz (canaux 1 13). Pour une utilisation à l'extérieur des bâtiments, seule la partie  
2454-2483,5 MHz (canaux 10 13) peut être utilisée. Pour connaître les dernières  
réglementations en vigueur, consultez le site Web www.art-telecom.fr.  
Declaration of conformity (European Economic Area)  
The Declaration of Conformity in this document complies with ISO/IEC Guide 22 and EN 45014.  
It identifies the product, manufacturer’s name and address, and applicable specifications  
recognized in the European community.  
200  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
           
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series declaration of conformity  
User Guide  
201  
   
Chapter 16  
202  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
Index  
copy 125  
print from memory card 112  
broadband Internet 61, 69  
wired network 68  
wireless, with access  
point 59  
Symbols/Numerics  
10 x 15 cm photo paper  
load 99  
buttons, control panel  
wireless, without access  
point 59  
connection  
specifications 189  
2-wire phone cord 168, 173  
4 x 6 inch photo paper  
load 99  
specifications 189  
4-wire phone cord 168, 173  
802.11 wireless, configuration  
page 80  
C
Ethernet 31  
calling card, fax using 136, 137  
cancel  
printer sharing 33  
problems, fax 168, 170  
types 29  
button  
copy 126  
fax 142  
USB 30  
wired network 31  
wireless 31  
802.3 wired, configuration  
page 79  
print job 129  
scan 133  
control panel  
buttons  
enter text and symbols 14  
overview  
copy  
button  
cartridges. See ink cartridges  
CAT-5 Ethernet cable 69  
channel, wireless  
communication 83  
clean  
A
A4 paper  
load 98  
specifications 189  
access point connection 59  
access point HW address 84  
accessories, order 144  
ad hoc network 63  
admin password 78  
ADSL. See DSL  
advanced network settings 75  
AirPort 60  
align printer 150  
answer ring pattern 41, 55  
answering machine  
set up with fax 48, 50  
troubleshoot 173  
authentication type 83  
exterior 146  
glass 145  
ink cartridge contacts 151  
lid backing 145  
print head 151  
cancel 126  
crop an original 126  
make a copy 123  
menu 12  
preview 124  
color graphics display  
change language 156  
change measurements 156  
copy preview 124  
specifications 192  
correct port test, fax 165  
country/region, set 27  
credit card, fax using 136, 137  
crop  
icons  
sleep mode 10  
communication mode 82  
CompactFlash 105  
computer modem  
copy 126  
image 114  
photos 112  
customer support  
contact 181  
set up with fax 45, 46, 50,  
B
HP Quick Exchange  
Service (Japan) 184  
North America 182  
outside U.S. 182  
serial number 181  
service ID 181  
warranty 179  
troubleshoot 168, 171  
computer-to-computer  
network 63  
configuration page  
802.11 wireless 80  
802.3 wired 79  
backup fax reception 139  
base station. See access point  
connection  
Bluetooth  
configuration page 84  
device address 84  
device name 84  
icon 10  
order accessory 144  
print from a computer 31  
security 85  
Bluetooth 84  
website 182  
general information 78  
configuration source 79 81  
confirmation reports, fax 141  
connect  
D
date 28  
declaration of conformity  
Ethernet 68  
USB cable 30, 155  
borderless photos  
User Guide  
203  
 
European Economic Area  
EWS. See Embedded Web  
firmware version 78  
forward images 120  
Server  
U.S. 201  
four-wire phone cord 168, 173  
front USB port 105  
default gateway 79 81  
default settings, restore 74  
deselect  
photos 109  
videos 109  
device address 84  
device name 84  
device update  
Mac 177  
Windows 176  
dial tone test, failure 167  
digital camera  
F
fax  
G
answer call 138  
answer mode 54  
answer ring pattern 55  
answering machine, set  
answering machine,  
troubleshoot 171, 173  
auto answer 54  
backup fax reception 139  
gateway, default setting 79, 81  
general information,  
configuration page 78  
glass  
clean 145  
load original 91  
greeting cards  
load 102  
button  
specifications 189  
connect 106, 107  
PictBridge 106  
distinctive ringing 41, 55  
DNS server 80 81  
documents  
cancel 142  
computer modem, set up  
computer modem,  
troubleshoot 168  
distinctive ringing 41, 55  
DSL, set up 40  
enter text and symbols 14  
header 57  
H
Hagaki cards, load 100  
hardware  
fax setup test 164  
troubleshoot setup 154  
hardware address 79 80  
header, fax 57  
help  
edit scanned 134  
scan 131  
down arrow  
DSL, set up with fax 40  
ISDN line, set up 41  
manual send 170  
menu 13  
monitor dialing 137  
pause 14  
PBX system, set up 41  
phone cord 165, 168, 173  
receive 138  
reports 140  
reprint 140  
rings to answer 55  
send 135  
set up 34, 164  
settings 54  
button 14  
menu 14  
E
e-mail images 119, 133  
Easy Print Wizard 113  
edit  
other resources 19  
use onscreen Help 21  
hostname 78  
HP Instant Share  
configure 121  
features 119  
photos 112  
scanned images 134  
Embedded Web Server  
access using web  
browser 76  
password settings 78  
setup wizard 77  
encryption  
forward images 120  
icons 10  
menu 13  
print images 120  
receive images 119  
remote printing 121  
send images 117, 119,  
settings 84  
WEP key 65  
specifications 192  
speed dial 57  
test failed 164  
enter text and symbols 14  
envelopes  
HP Solution Center, missing  
icons 161  
load 101  
test setup 56  
specifications 189  
environment  
troubleshoot 164  
voice mail, set up 44, 52  
volume 28  
I
Environmental product  
stewardship program  
images  
FCC  
e-mail 133  
requirements 196  
statement 197  
edit scanned 134  
forward 120  
print automatically 120  
receive from HP Instant  
Share 119  
environmental  
specifications 194  
error reports, fax 141  
European Union  
Directive 2002/95/EC 195  
recycling information 195  
film  
change original type 132  
load 91  
menu 11  
save backup 121  
scan 132  
204  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
Index  
scan 131  
send using HP Instant  
view before printing 120  
infrastructure mode 59  
ink cartridges  
4 x 6 inch photo paper 99  
A4 paper 98  
Secure Digital 105  
security 76  
share photos 117  
slots 105  
SmartMedia 105  
specifications 193  
documents 91  
envelopes 101  
full-size paper 98  
greeting cards 102  
Hagaki cards 100  
labels 102  
legal paper 98  
letter paper 98  
negatives 91  
check ink levels 146  
clean contacts 151  
order 143  
Memory Stick 105  
modem. See computer modem  
monitor dialing 137  
MultiMediaCard (MMC) 105  
replace 148  
troubleshoot 156, 176  
ink levels  
original 91  
oversized original 95  
panorama photo paper 100  
photos 91  
postcards 100  
slides 91  
N
check 146  
negatives  
icons  
change original type 132  
load 91  
scan 132  
input tray capacities 189  
install software  
troubleshoot 154  
Instant Share. See HP Instant  
Share  
interface card 60  
Internet, broadband 61, 69  
IP  
transparencies 102  
network  
advanced settings 75  
connection type 78  
interface card 60  
name 82  
restore settings 74  
security 65, 87  
status 78  
M
MAC address 79 80  
Magic Gate Memory Stick 105  
maintenance  
address 78, 79 81  
settings 75  
ISDN line, set up with fax 41  
align printer 150  
check ink levels 146  
clean exterior 146  
clean glass 145  
upgrade 72  
J
clean lid backing 145  
clean print head 151  
replace ink cartridges 148  
self-test report 147  
make a copy 123  
manual  
O
jams, paper 103, 158, 175  
OK button  
on button  
order  
K
keypad 8, 14  
accessories 144  
ink cartridges 143  
paper 143  
Setup Guide 144  
software 144  
receive, fax 138  
L
send, fax 136, 137  
mDNS service name 78  
media. See paper  
Media Access Control (MAC)  
address 79, 80  
labels  
load 102  
specifications 189  
language, set 27  
left arrow  
legal paper  
User Guide 144  
original type 132  
oversized books, load 95  
memory  
reprint faxes 140  
save faxes 139  
memory cards  
P
load 98  
specifications 189  
panorama photo paper  
load 100  
specifications 189  
paper  
letter paper  
CompactFlash 105  
e-mail photos 117  
insert 116  
Memory Stick 105  
MultiMediaCard (MMC) 105  
overview 105  
print photos 112  
proof sheet 114  
save files to computer 116  
scan to 132  
load 98  
specifications 189  
lid backing, clean 145  
line condition test, fax 168  
link  
incompatible types 96  
load 98  
configuration 80  
speed 75  
order 143  
paper sizes 190  
recommended types 96  
specifications 189  
load  
10 x 15 cm photo paper 99  
User Guide  
205  
troubleshoot 175  
paper tray capacities 189  
parallel phone system 35  
passkey, Bluetooth 84  
password, Embedded Web  
Server 78  
PBX system, set up with fax 41  
PC modem. See computer  
modem  
peer-to-peer network 63  
phone  
receive fax 138  
send fax 136  
phone cord  
print settings 116  
receive from HP Instant  
Share 119  
save backup 121  
scan proof sheet 116  
select 109  
send using HP Instant  
set print options 116  
slideshow 108  
menu 11  
print 114  
scan 116  
R
radio, turn off 74  
Readme file 154  
receive fax  
auto answer mode 54  
automatically 138  
manually 138  
rings to answer 55  
troubleshoot problems  
smart focus 116  
tray select 116  
use features 105  
physical specifications 194  
PictBridge 106  
postcards  
check 165  
connection, failure 165  
extend 173  
receive images  
print automatically 120  
save backup 121  
view before printing 120  
recycle  
HP All-in-One 195  
ink cartridges 195  
regulatory notices  
ARIB STD-T66 (Japan) 200  
Canadian statement 198  
China 195  
phone line, answer ring  
pattern 55  
phone numbers, customer  
support 181  
load 100  
specifications 189  
power specifications 194  
preview copy 124  
print  
photo  
button  
menu 10  
photo paper  
load 99  
specifications 189  
photo tray  
menu 14  
select 97  
photos  
cancel job 129  
Easy Print Wizard 113  
fax reports 140  
faxes 140  
from computer 127  
from software application  
declaration of conformity  
(European Economic  
Area) 200  
declaration of conformity  
(U.S.) 201  
Directive 2002/95/EC 195  
FCC requirements 196  
FCC statement 197  
geräuschemission 199  
notice to users in Brazil 199  
notice to users in Canada  
notice to users in France  
notice to users in Japan  
(VCCI-2) 198  
notice to users in Korea  
notice to users in the  
European Economic  
images 120  
adaptive lighting 116  
borderless 112  
complete proof sheet 115  
connect PictBridge  
camera 106  
connect storage device 107  
crop and print 114  
date stamp 116  
Easy Print Wizard 113  
forward 120  
image size 116  
options, photo 116  
photos from memory card  
print options 128  
proof sheet 114  
received images 120  
remotely 121  
scan 134  
selected photos 113  
selected videos 113  
self-test report 147  
specifications 191  
print head  
assembly stalled 158  
clean 151  
print margin specifications 191  
printer found screen,  
Windows 71  
insert memory card 105  
layout 116  
number of copies 116  
paper size 116  
notice to users of the  
German telephone  
network 199  
paper type 116  
print automatically 120  
print defaults 116  
print proof sheet 114  
print selected 113  
printer sharing 33  
printer, align 150  
proof sheet  
power cord statement 198  
regulatory model  
identification number  
fill in 115  
206  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
Index  
WEEE 195  
reinstall software 162  
remote printing 121  
replace ink cartridges 148  
reports  
security  
Bluetooth 85  
slides  
change original type 132  
memory card 76  
load 91  
scan 132  
network, WEP key 61,  
storage device 76  
troubleshoot 65, 67, 76  
slideshow 108  
Smart Key 61  
SmartMedia 105  
software application, print  
from 127  
confirmation, fax 141  
error, fax 141  
fax test failed 164  
self-test 147  
select  
photos 109  
videos 109  
self-test report 147  
send fax  
reprint faxes in memory 140  
resources 19  
restore network defaults 74  
return your device 184  
software installation  
reinstall 162  
troubleshoot 159  
uninstall 162  
basic fax 135  
right arrow  
rings to answer 55  
RJ-45 plug 69  
rotate button  
router 70  
calling card, using 136, 137  
credit card, using 136, 137  
monitor dialing 137  
send images 119  
serial number 181  
serial phone system 35  
service ID 181  
software update. See device  
update  
sound, adjust volume 28  
specifications. See technical  
information  
speed dial  
create entries 57, 58  
send fax 135  
set up 57  
S
save  
settings  
backup images 121  
faxes in memory 139  
images 121  
photos to computer 116  
received images 121  
scanned image 131  
country/region 27  
date and time 28  
fax 54  
language 27  
network 73  
SSID  
troubleshoot 85  
wireless setting 82  
stalled print head assembly  
print options 128  
restore defaults 74  
setup  
start black  
start color  
scan  
button  
status, network 78  
stop  
cancel 133  
answering machine 48, 50  
change original type 132  
documents 131  
e-mail images 133  
edit image 134  
features 131  
from control panel 131  
menu 13  
negatives 132  
button  
copy 126  
fax 142  
print job 129  
scan 133  
computer modem 45, 46,  
connection information 29  
distinctive ringing 41, 55  
DSL 40  
fax 34  
ISDN line 41  
menu 13  
PBX system 41  
separate fax line 39  
shared phone line 43  
test fax 56  
storage device  
connect 107  
security 76  
subnet mask 79 81  
subscriber identification code  
photos 131  
print 134  
proof sheet 116  
save to computer 131  
save to memory card 132  
save to storage device 132  
share images 133  
slides 132  
symbols, enter 14  
system requirements 189  
troubleshoot fax 164  
voice mail 44, 52  
share images 119  
sharing 72  
T
technical information  
copy specifications 192  
environmental  
specifications 193  
stop 133  
signal strength 82  
sleep mode 10  
slide and negative film holder  
load 91  
specifications 194  
fax specifications 192  
memory card  
specifications 193  
memory specifications 194  
to memory card 132  
scan glass  
clean 145  
load original 91  
Secure Digital 105  
replace in lid 94  
User Guide  
207  
paper sizes 190  
printer not found 88  
Readme file 154  
receive faxes 168, 171  
resources 19  
send faxes 168, 170  
setup 154  
WEP key, setup 65  
wired connection icons  
wireless  
paper specifications 189  
paper tray capacities 189  
physical specifications 194  
power specifications 194  
print margin  
connection icons 9, 10  
radio, turn off 74  
setup wizard,  
specifications 191  
software installation 159  
stalled print head  
assembly 158  
TCP/IP 88  
USB cable 155  
WEP key 87  
troubleshoot 85  
status 82  
troubleshoot 88  
print specifications 191  
scan specifications 193  
system requirements 189  
weight 194  
X
wireless specifications 199  
telephone  
wireless setup 88  
wireless setup wizard 85  
two-sided printing accessory  
jams, troubleshoot 175  
two-wire phone cord 168, 173  
receive fax 138  
send fax 136  
telephone line, answer ring  
pattern 55  
Z
zoom buttons  
telephone numbers, customer  
support 181  
U
telephone wall jack, fax 165  
test  
uninstall software 162  
up arrow  
dial tone 167  
upgrade to network 72  
URL 78  
USB  
fax hardware test 164  
fax line condition 168  
fax port 165  
installation, troubleshoot  
fax setup 56  
fax test failed 164  
phone cord 165  
telephone wall jack 165  
text, enter 14  
time 28  
total packets  
received 80 84  
transmitted 80 84  
transparencies  
load 102  
specifications 189  
troubleshoot  
port speed 30  
V
video, menu 11  
videos  
adjust volume 108  
buttons 108  
features 108  
print selected 113  
select 109  
use features 105  
view 108  
access point 87, 88  
answering machine 173  
fax 164  
hardware setup 154  
incorrect measurements  
ink cartridges 156, 176  
jams, paper 103, 158, 175  
language, display 156  
low signal 88  
view  
photos and videos 108  
slideshow 108  
visibility, Bluetooth 85  
visual keyboard 14  
voice mail  
set up with fax 44, 52  
troubleshoot 171  
volume, adjust 28, 108  
memory device problem 88  
network connection 86  
operational tasks 174  
paper 175  
W
wall jack test, fax 165  
warranty 179  
Webscan 34  
Passphrase, invalid 87  
208  
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series  
© 2005 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.  
Electronic Edition  
www.hp.com  
*Q5861-90223*  
*Q5861-90223*  
Q5861-90223  

Bryant 463AAC010BA User Manual
Bunn FMD DBC 3 4 CUP User Manual
Canon 3035 User Manual
Carrier 48TJD User Manual
Carrier REFRIGERANT R 410A User Manual
Chauvet Automobile Accessories F 1700 User Manual
Friedrich PH14B User Manual
Haier Air Conditioner Window Type Room Air Conditioner User Manual
Honda Automobiles 2007 Accord Cargo Hook User Manual
HP Hewlett Packard C5ZZ User Manual